1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil
)
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil
)
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil
)
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil
)
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil
)
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil
)
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'" t nil
)
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (14360 11651))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
114 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil
)
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
120 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
121 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name)
122 ;;;;;; "add-log" "add-log.el" (14565 55609))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil
)
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil
)
151 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
152 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
153 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
156 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
157 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
158 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
159 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
160 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
162 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
163 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil
)
165 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
166 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
167 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
169 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
170 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
172 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil
)
173 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
175 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
176 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
177 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
178 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
179 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
180 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil
)
182 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
183 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
185 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
186 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
188 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
189 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
191 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
192 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
194 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
195 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
197 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
198 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
199 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
200 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
201 `add-log-current-defun-function'
203 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil
)
205 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
206 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
207 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
208 the appropriate motion commands).
210 Entries are inserted in chronological order.
212 Both the current and old-style time formats for entries are supported,
213 so this command could be used to convert old-style logs by merging
214 with an empty log." t nil
)
218 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
219 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14410
221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
223 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
224 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
225 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
226 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
227 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
228 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
229 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
230 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
231 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
232 interpreted as `error'.")
234 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
235 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
236 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
237 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
238 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
239 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
240 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
241 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
243 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
244 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
245 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
246 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
247 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
248 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
249 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
250 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
251 will be overwritten with the new one.
252 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
253 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
254 will clear the cache." nil nil
)
256 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
257 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
258 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
260 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
261 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
264 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
265 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
266 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
267 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
268 see also `ad-add-advice'.
269 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
270 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
271 before/around/after-advices will be used.
272 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
273 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
274 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
275 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
276 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
277 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
279 Semantics of the various flags:
280 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
281 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
282 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
284 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
285 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
287 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
288 advised function should be compiled.
290 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
291 during activation until somebody enables it.
293 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
294 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
295 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
296 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
298 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
299 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
300 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
301 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
302 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
305 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil
(quote macro
))
309 ;;;### (autoloads (align-unhighlight-rule align-highlight-rule align-current
310 ;;;;;; align-entire align-regexp align) "align" "align.el" (14463
312 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
314 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
315 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
316 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
317 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
318 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
319 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
320 rule's `separate' attribute).
322 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
323 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
324 `separate' attribute set.
326 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
327 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
328 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
329 on the format of these lists." t nil
)
331 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
332 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
333 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
334 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
335 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
336 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
337 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
338 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
339 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
340 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
343 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
344 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
348 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
351 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
352 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
353 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil
)
355 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
356 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
357 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
358 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
359 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
360 align that section." t nil
)
362 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
363 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
364 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
365 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
366 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
367 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
368 been used to align that section." t nil
)
370 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
371 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
372 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
373 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
374 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
375 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
376 to be colored." t nil
)
378 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
379 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil
)
383 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
384 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14546 48005))
385 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
386 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
388 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
389 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
390 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
391 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
392 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
393 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil
)
395 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil
)
397 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist
) (setq file-name-handler-alist
(cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function
)) file-name-handler-alist
)))
399 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist
) (setq file-name-handler-alist
(cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function
)) file-name-handler-alist
)))
403 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
404 ;;;;;; (14431 34774))
405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
407 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
408 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
409 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil
)
411 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
412 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
413 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil
)
417 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
418 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
419 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
420 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14563 8413))
421 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
423 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
424 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
425 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
426 as the first thing on a line.")
428 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
429 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
431 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
432 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
434 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
435 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
437 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
438 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
440 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
441 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
443 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
444 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
446 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
447 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
448 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
450 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
451 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
452 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil
)
454 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
455 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil
)
457 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
458 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
459 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
460 put in the appointments list.
464 10:00am group meeting
465 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
466 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
467 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil
)
471 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
472 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14411
474 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
476 (autoload (quote apropos-mode
) "apropos" "\
477 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
479 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil
)
481 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
482 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
483 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
484 normal variables." t nil
)
486 (fset (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
488 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
489 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
490 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
491 noninteractive functions.
493 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
494 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil
)
496 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
497 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
498 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
499 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
500 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
502 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
503 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
504 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
505 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
506 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil
)
508 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
509 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
510 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
511 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
513 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
517 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14539
519 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
521 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
522 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
523 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
524 Letters no longer insert themselves.
525 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
526 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
528 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
529 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
532 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil
)
536 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616))
537 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
539 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
540 Major mode for editing arrays.
542 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
543 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
544 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
546 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
548 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
549 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
550 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
552 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
553 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
554 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
555 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
558 Variables you assign:
559 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
560 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
561 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
562 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
563 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
564 row numbers in the buffer.
566 Variables which are calculated:
567 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
568 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
570 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
571 take a numeric prefix argument):
573 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
574 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
575 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
576 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
578 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
579 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
580 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
581 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
583 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
584 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
585 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
586 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
588 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
589 between that of point and mark.
591 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
592 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
594 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
595 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
596 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
597 newlines inside rows)
599 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
601 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil
)
605 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286
607 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
609 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
610 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
611 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
613 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
614 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
615 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
616 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
618 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
619 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
621 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
622 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
624 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
632 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
634 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
636 (defvar auto-show-mode nil
"\
639 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show" "\
640 This command is obsolete." t nil
)
644 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
645 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
646 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
648 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
649 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil
)
653 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
654 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534))
655 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
657 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
658 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
659 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil
)
661 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
662 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
663 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
664 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil
)
666 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
667 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
668 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
669 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
671 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
672 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil
)
676 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
677 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
679 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
681 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
682 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
683 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil
)
685 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories
) "autoload" "\
686 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
687 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil
)
689 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
690 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
691 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil
)
695 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
696 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
697 ;;;;;; (14495 17959))
698 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
700 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil
"\
701 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
703 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
706 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
707 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
709 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
710 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
712 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert
) (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
714 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote autorevert
))
716 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
717 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
719 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
720 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
721 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil
)
723 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
724 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
726 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
727 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil
)
729 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
730 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
732 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
733 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
734 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil
)
738 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
739 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14539 53646))
740 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
742 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
743 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
744 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
745 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
746 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
748 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid
) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
750 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote avoid
))
752 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
753 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
754 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
755 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
757 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
758 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
759 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
761 Effects of the different modes:
762 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
763 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
764 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
765 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
766 a random distance & direction.
767 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
768 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
769 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
771 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
773 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
774 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
775 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil
)
779 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14546
781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
783 (autoload (quote awk-mode
) "awk-mode" "\
784 Major mode for editing AWK code.
785 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
786 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
787 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
789 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
790 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil
)
794 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
795 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
796 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
798 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
799 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
801 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
802 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
806 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
807 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
808 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
809 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
811 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil
(quote macro
))
813 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
817 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
819 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
821 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
822 Display battery status information in the echo area.
823 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
824 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil
)
826 (autoload (quote display-battery
) "battery" "\
827 Display battery status information in the mode line.
828 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
829 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
830 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
835 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14504
837 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
839 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
840 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
842 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
843 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
844 version information already added. You just need to add a description
845 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
849 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
851 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
852 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
853 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
854 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
855 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
857 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
858 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
859 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
860 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
861 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
862 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
864 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
865 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
871 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
873 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
874 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
875 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
876 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
877 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
878 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
880 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
881 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
883 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
884 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
885 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
887 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
888 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
889 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
891 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
892 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
894 The following may be of interest as well:
902 bibtex-complete-string
904 bibtex-print-help-message
905 bibtex-generate-autokey
906 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
908 bibtex-reposition-window
910 bibtex-ispell-abstract
912 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
921 bibtex-field-delimiters
922 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
923 bibtex-include-OPTkey
924 bibtex-user-optional-fields
926 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
927 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
928 bibtex-entry-field-alist
929 bibtex-predefined-strings
932 ---------------------------------------------------------
933 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
936 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil
)
940 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
942 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
944 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
945 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
950 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
951 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
952 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
953 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
954 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
959 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
960 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
963 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
966 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
967 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
969 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
970 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
972 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
973 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
974 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
975 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
976 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
977 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
981 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
983 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
984 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
985 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
986 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
988 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
989 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
990 denoted by the letter `R'.
992 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
993 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
994 denoted by the letter `H'.
996 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
999 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1000 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1001 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1002 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1003 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1004 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1007 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1008 degree deflection it causes.
1011 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1012 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1013 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1014 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1015 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1016 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1017 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1018 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1021 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1022 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1025 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1026 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1027 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1028 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1029 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1030 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1031 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1032 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1034 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1035 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1036 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1037 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1038 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1039 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1040 emerging from the box.
1042 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1044 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1045 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1046 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1047 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1048 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1049 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1050 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1051 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1053 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1054 a reflection." t nil
)
1058 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1059 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1060 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1061 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1062 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1063 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14531 42950))
1064 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1065 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
1066 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
1067 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1069 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
1070 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1071 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1072 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1073 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1074 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1076 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map
))
1078 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" (quote bookmark-set
))
1080 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" (quote bookmark-set
))
1082 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1084 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1086 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" (quote bookmark-insert
))
1088 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" (quote edit-bookmarks
))
1090 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1092 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" (quote bookmark-rename
))
1094 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" (quote bookmark-delete
))
1096 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" (quote bookmark-load
))
1098 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" (quote bookmark-write
))
1100 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" (quote bookmark-save
))
1102 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook
) (function (lambda nil
(and (featurep (quote bookmark
)) bookmark-alist
(bookmark-time-to-save-p t
) (bookmark-save)))))
1104 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
1105 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1106 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1107 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1108 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1109 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1110 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1111 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1114 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1115 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1116 yank successive words.
1118 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1119 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1120 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1121 name of the file being visited.
1123 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1124 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1125 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil
)
1127 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1128 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1129 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1130 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1131 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1134 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1135 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1136 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1137 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil
)
1139 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
1140 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1141 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1142 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1143 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil
)
1145 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
1146 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1147 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1148 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil
)
1150 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1152 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1153 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1154 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1155 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1157 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1158 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1159 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1161 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1162 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1165 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1166 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1167 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1168 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1169 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1172 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1173 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1174 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1175 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1176 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1177 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1178 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1179 probably because we were called from there." t nil
)
1181 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
1182 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1183 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil
)
1185 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
1186 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1187 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1188 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1191 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1192 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1193 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1194 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1195 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1197 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1198 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1199 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1200 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil
)
1202 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
1203 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1204 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1205 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1206 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1209 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1210 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1211 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1212 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1213 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1216 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1217 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1218 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1219 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil
)
1221 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
1222 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1223 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1224 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1225 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil
)
1227 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1229 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1231 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1232 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1233 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1234 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1235 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1238 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1239 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1240 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1242 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1243 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1244 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1245 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1246 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1249 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1250 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1251 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1253 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate
) "bookmark" "\
1254 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1255 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1257 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1258 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1259 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1261 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1262 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1263 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1264 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1265 prompts for NEWNAME.
1266 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1267 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1268 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1270 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1271 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1274 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1275 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1276 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1278 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1279 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1280 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1281 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1282 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1283 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1285 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1286 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1287 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1289 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1291 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
)))
1293 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1295 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1297 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1299 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1301 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1303 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1305 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1307 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1309 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1311 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1315 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1316 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1317 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1318 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
1319 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1320 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1321 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
1322 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
1323 ;;;;;; (14558 23455))
1324 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1326 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1327 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1328 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1329 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1331 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1332 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1333 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1334 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1335 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1337 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1338 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1339 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1340 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1341 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1343 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1344 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1346 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1347 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1348 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1350 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1351 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1353 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1354 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1355 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1356 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1357 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1358 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1360 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1361 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1362 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1363 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1366 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1367 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1369 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1370 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1372 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1373 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1374 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1375 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1377 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1378 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1379 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1380 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1382 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1383 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1384 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1385 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1386 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1389 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1390 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1392 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1393 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1395 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1396 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1397 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1398 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1400 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1401 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1403 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1404 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1406 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1407 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1408 program is invoked according to the variable
1409 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1411 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1412 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1413 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1414 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1416 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1417 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1419 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1420 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1421 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1423 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1424 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1425 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1426 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1428 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1429 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1430 Default to the URL around or before point.
1432 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1433 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1434 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1436 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1437 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1438 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1439 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1441 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1442 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1444 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1445 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1446 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1448 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1449 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1450 Default to the URL around or before point.
1452 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1453 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1454 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1456 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1457 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1459 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1460 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1461 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1462 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1464 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1465 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1466 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1467 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1468 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1470 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1471 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1472 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1473 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1475 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1476 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1477 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1478 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1480 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1481 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1483 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1484 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1485 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1487 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1488 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1489 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1490 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1491 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1494 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1495 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1496 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1497 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1499 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1500 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1502 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1503 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1504 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1505 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1506 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1507 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1511 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1513 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1515 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1516 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1518 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1519 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1523 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1524 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14495 17961))
1525 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1527 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1528 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1529 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1530 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1532 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1533 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1534 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1535 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1537 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1538 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1540 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1541 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffer list or buffers itself.
1543 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1544 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1545 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1546 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1548 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1549 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1550 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1551 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1552 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1556 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1557 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1558 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1559 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14564 35790))
1560 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1562 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1563 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1564 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1566 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1567 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1568 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1569 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1571 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1572 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1573 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1574 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1576 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1578 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1579 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1581 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1582 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1583 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1584 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1585 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1587 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1588 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1589 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1590 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1592 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1593 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1594 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1596 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1597 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1598 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1599 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1600 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1601 all functions called by those functions.
1603 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1604 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1607 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1608 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1609 invoked interactively." t nil)
1611 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1612 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1613 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1614 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1615 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1616 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1618 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1619 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1620 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1621 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1626 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1628 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1630 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1634 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1635 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1636 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1638 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1639 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1640 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1641 from the cursor position." t nil)
1645 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14511
1647 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
1649 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
1650 Run the pocket calculator.
1651 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
1655 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1656 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1657 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1658 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1659 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1660 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1661 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1662 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1663 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1664 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1665 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1666 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1667 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1668 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
1669 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
1670 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1671 ;;;;;; (14393 15349))
1672 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
1674 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
1675 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
1676 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
1678 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
1679 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
1680 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
1681 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
1684 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
1685 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
1686 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
1687 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
1688 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
1690 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
1691 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
1692 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
1693 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
1694 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
1695 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
1696 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
1698 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
1699 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
1700 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
1701 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
1702 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
1704 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
1705 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
1706 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
1708 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
1709 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
1710 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
1712 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
1713 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
1714 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
1716 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
1717 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
1718 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
1721 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
1722 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
1723 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
1725 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
1726 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
1727 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1729 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
1731 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
1732 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
1733 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1735 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
1738 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
1739 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
1740 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1742 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
1745 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
1746 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
1747 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
1749 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
1750 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
1751 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
1752 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
1753 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
1755 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
1756 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
1757 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
1758 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
1759 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
1760 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
1761 a function is also provided for this:
1762 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
1764 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1765 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1766 date is not visible in the window.
1768 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1769 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1770 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1772 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
1773 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
1775 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1776 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1777 date is visible in the window.
1779 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1780 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1781 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1783 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
1784 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
1788 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
1790 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
1792 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
1793 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
1795 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
1803 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
1804 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
1805 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
1806 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
1807 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
1808 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
1809 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
1810 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
1813 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
1814 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
1815 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
1823 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
1824 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
1826 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
1827 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
1828 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
1829 window but will appear in a diary window.
1831 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
1832 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
1834 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
1835 entries (in the default American style):
1837 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
1838 &1/1. Happy New Year!
1839 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
1841 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
1842 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
1843 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
1844 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
1845 mar 16 Dad's birthday
1846 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
1847 &* 15 time cards due.
1849 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
1850 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
1851 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
1855 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
1856 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
1857 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
1858 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
1859 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
1860 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
1862 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
1863 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
1864 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
1866 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
1868 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
1870 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
1871 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
1872 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
1873 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
1874 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
1875 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
1876 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
1877 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
1878 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
1880 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
1881 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
1882 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
1883 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
1884 for these functions for details.
1886 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
1887 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
1889 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
1890 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
1892 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
1893 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
1895 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
1896 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
1898 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
1899 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
1900 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
1902 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
1903 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
1904 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
1906 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
1907 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
1908 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
1909 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
1911 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
1912 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
1913 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
1914 1990. The accepted European date styles are
1922 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
1923 characters with or without a period.")
1925 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1926 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
1927 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1929 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1930 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
1931 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1933 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
1934 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
1935 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
1937 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
1938 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
1939 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
1941 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
1942 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
1943 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
1944 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
1945 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
1946 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
1948 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
1949 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
1950 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
1952 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
1953 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
1954 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
1957 #include \"filename\"
1959 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
1960 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
1961 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
1962 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
1963 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
1965 For example, you could use
1967 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
1968 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
1969 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
1971 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
1972 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
1973 lexicographic order.")
1975 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
1976 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
1977 Can be used for appointment notification.")
1979 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
1980 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
1981 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
1984 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
1985 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
1986 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
1987 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
1988 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
1989 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
1990 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
1992 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
1993 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
1994 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
1995 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
1996 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
1997 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
1998 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
1999 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2001 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2002 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2003 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2004 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2005 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2006 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2008 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2009 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2011 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2012 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2013 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2015 #include \"filename\"
2016 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2017 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2018 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2019 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2020 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2022 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2023 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2024 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2025 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2026 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2027 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2029 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2030 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2031 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2034 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2035 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2036 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2037 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2038 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2040 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2042 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2043 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2044 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2046 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2048 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2050 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2052 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2054 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2056 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2058 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2060 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2061 *User defined holidays.
2062 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2064 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2066 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2068 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2070 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2072 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2074 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2076 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2078 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2080 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2082 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2084 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2086 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2088 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2089 *Christian holidays.
2090 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2092 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2094 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2096 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2098 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2100 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2101 *Sun-related holidays.
2102 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2104 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2106 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2107 The frame set up of the calendar.
2108 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2109 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2110 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2111 any other value the current frame is used.")
2113 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2114 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2115 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14419 57707))
2120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2122 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2123 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2125 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2126 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2128 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2129 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2131 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2132 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2134 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2135 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2137 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2138 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2142 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2143 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2144 ;;;;;; (14419 57707))
2145 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2147 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2149 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2150 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2151 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2152 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2153 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2154 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2156 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2158 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2159 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2163 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2165 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2166 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2167 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2168 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2169 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2170 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2173 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2175 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2176 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2177 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2180 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2182 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2183 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2184 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2185 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2186 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2187 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2190 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2192 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2193 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2197 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2199 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2200 Major mode for editing Java code.
2201 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2202 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2203 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2204 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2207 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2209 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2210 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2211 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2212 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2213 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2216 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2218 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2219 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2220 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2221 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2222 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2223 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2226 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2228 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2229 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2230 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2233 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2235 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2236 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2237 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2238 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2239 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2240 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2243 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2245 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2246 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2247 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2250 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2254 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2255 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14419 57707))
2256 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2258 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2259 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2260 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2261 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2262 for details of setting up styles.
2264 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2267 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2268 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2269 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2270 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2273 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2274 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2275 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2277 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2278 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2279 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2280 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2282 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2284 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2285 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2286 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2288 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2289 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2290 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2291 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2292 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14419 57707))
2297 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2299 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2300 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2301 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2302 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2303 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2305 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2306 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2308 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2313 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2314 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2315 ;;;;;; (14543 61454))
2316 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2318 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2319 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
2321 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2322 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2324 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2325 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2327 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2328 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2329 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2330 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2333 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2335 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2336 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2337 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'.
2338 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro))
2340 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2341 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2342 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2343 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2344 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2345 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2347 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2348 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2349 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil)
2353 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2354 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2355 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2356 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2357 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2358 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2359 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2360 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2361 ;;;;;; (14482 54417))
2362 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2364 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2365 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2366 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2367 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2369 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2370 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2371 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2372 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2373 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2374 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2375 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2376 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2378 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2379 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2380 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2381 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2382 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2383 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2384 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2385 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2387 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2388 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2389 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2390 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2391 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2393 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2394 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2395 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2396 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2397 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2399 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2400 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2401 Only documentation strings are checked.
2402 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2403 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2404 a separate buffer." t nil)
2406 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2407 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2408 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2409 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2410 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2412 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2413 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2414 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2415 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2417 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2419 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2420 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2421 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2423 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2424 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2425 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2426 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2427 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2429 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2430 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2431 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2432 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2433 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2434 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2436 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2437 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2438 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2439 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2441 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2442 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2443 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2444 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2446 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2447 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2448 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2449 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2451 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2452 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2453 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2454 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2456 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2457 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2458 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2459 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2461 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2462 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2463 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2464 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2466 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2467 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2468 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
2469 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
2471 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2472 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
2473 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
2474 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
2476 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2477 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
2478 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
2479 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
2481 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
2482 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
2483 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
2485 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
2486 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
2487 checking of documentation strings.
2489 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
2493 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
2494 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region setup-chinese-cns-environment setup-chinese-big5-environment
2495 ;;;;;; setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "language/china-util.el"
2496 ;;;;;; (13774 37678))
2497 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
2499 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "\
2500 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese GB2312 users." t nil)
2502 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-big5-environment) "china-util" "\
2503 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese Big5 users." t nil)
2505 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-cns-environment) "china-util" "\
2506 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese CNS11643 family users." t nil)
2508 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2509 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
2510 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2512 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2513 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
2515 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2516 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
2517 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2519 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2520 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
2524 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
2525 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14447 15307))
2526 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
2528 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
2529 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
2530 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
2531 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
2532 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
2533 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
2535 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
2536 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
2537 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2538 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
2539 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
2541 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
2543 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
2544 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
2545 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2546 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
2547 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
2549 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
2550 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
2551 \\{command-history-map}
2553 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
2554 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
2558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14533 31536))
2559 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
2561 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
2562 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
2563 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
2564 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
2565 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
2566 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
2568 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
2569 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
2573 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
2574 ;;;;;; (14518 39681))
2575 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
2577 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
2581 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
2582 ;;;;;; (14368 26241))
2583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
2585 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
2586 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
2587 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
2588 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
2590 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
2591 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
2592 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
2594 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
2595 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
2599 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14535
2601 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
2603 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
2604 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
2605 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
2606 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
2607 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
2608 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
2609 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
2610 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
2614 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
2615 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
2616 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14124 8038))
2617 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
2619 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2620 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
2621 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
2624 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
2625 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
2626 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
2627 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
2629 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2630 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
2631 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2633 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2634 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
2635 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2637 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2638 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
2639 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2641 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
2642 Return an alist of supported codepages.
2644 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
2645 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
2646 for the character set supported by that codepage.
2648 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
2649 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
2651 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
2652 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
2654 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
2655 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
2656 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
2660 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
2661 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
2662 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14535 44845))
2663 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
2665 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
2666 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
2667 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
2668 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
2669 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
2670 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
2671 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
2672 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
2674 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
2676 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
2677 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
2678 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
2679 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
2680 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
2681 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
2683 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
2684 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2685 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2687 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2689 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
2690 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2691 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2693 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2695 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
2696 Send COMMAND to current process.
2697 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2698 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2700 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
2701 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
2702 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2703 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2707 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
2709 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
2711 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
2712 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
2713 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
2714 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
2716 This command pushes the mark in each window
2717 at the prior location of point in that window.
2718 If both windows display the same buffer,
2719 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
2720 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
2722 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
2723 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
2724 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
2728 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
2729 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
2730 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
2731 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14569 2479))
2732 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
2734 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
2735 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
2737 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
2738 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
2740 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
2741 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
2742 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
2743 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
2744 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
2746 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
2747 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
2748 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
2749 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
2750 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
2752 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
2753 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
2754 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
2755 describing how the process finished.")
2757 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
2758 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
2759 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
2760 and a string describing how the process finished.")
2762 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
2763 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
2764 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
2766 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
2767 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
2768 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
2769 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
2771 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
2772 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
2773 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
2774 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
2776 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
2777 and move to the source code that caused it.
2779 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
2780 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
2782 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
2783 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
2784 Then start the next one.
2786 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
2787 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
2788 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
2790 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
2791 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
2792 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
2793 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
2794 where grep found matches.
2796 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2797 easily repeat a grep command.
2799 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
2800 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
2801 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
2802 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
2804 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
2805 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
2806 Collect output in a buffer.
2807 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
2808 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
2810 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2811 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
2813 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
2814 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
2815 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
2816 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
2817 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
2819 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
2821 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2822 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
2823 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2824 See `compilation-mode'.
2825 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2827 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2828 Toggle compilation minor mode.
2829 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2830 See `compilation-mode'.
2831 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2833 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
2834 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
2836 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
2837 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
2839 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
2840 negative means move back to previous error messages.
2841 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
2842 and start at the first error.
2844 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
2845 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
2846 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
2847 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
2848 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
2849 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
2851 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
2852 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
2853 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
2855 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
2856 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
2857 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
2861 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
2862 ;;;;;; (14393 17619))
2863 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
2865 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
2866 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
2867 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
2869 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
2870 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
2871 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
2872 as much as possible.
2874 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
2875 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
2876 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
2877 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
2879 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
2880 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
2881 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
2882 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
2886 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
2887 ;;;;;; (14495 17962))
2888 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
2890 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
2891 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
2895 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
2896 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
2897 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
2898 ;;;;;; (14422 57499))
2899 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
2901 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
2902 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
2903 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
2904 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
2907 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
2909 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
2910 | | 1:tc or top-center
2911 | | 2:tr or top-right
2912 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
2913 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
2914 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
2915 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
2916 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
2917 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
2919 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
2920 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
2921 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
2922 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
2925 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
2926 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
2927 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
2929 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
2933 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
2937 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
2940 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
2941 Compose characters in the current region.
2943 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
2945 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
2946 specifying the region.
2948 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
2949 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
2951 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
2952 of the text in the region.
2954 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
2956 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
2957 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
2958 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
2959 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
2961 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
2962 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
2965 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
2966 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
2967 text in the composition." t nil)
2969 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
2970 Decompose text in the current region.
2972 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
2973 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
2975 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
2976 Compose characters in string STRING.
2978 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
2979 the characters in it.
2981 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
2982 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
2983 STRING respectively.
2985 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
2986 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
2987 `compose-region' for more detail.
2989 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
2990 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
2991 text in the composition." nil nil)
2993 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
2994 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
2996 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
2997 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
2998 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
2999 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3000 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3001 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3002 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3003 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3005 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3006 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3008 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3009 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3011 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3012 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3014 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3015 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3017 If no composition is found, return nil.
3019 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3020 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3022 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3023 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3024 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3026 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3028 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3030 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3031 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3032 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3034 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3036 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3037 (put 'composition-function-table 'char-table-extra-slots 0)
3039 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\
3040 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition.
3042 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs
3043 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible
3044 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called
3045 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function
3046 `compose-chars-after' for more detail.
3048 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when
3049 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.")
3051 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3052 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3054 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3055 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3056 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3057 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3058 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3059 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3060 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3063 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3065 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3066 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3068 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3070 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3072 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3073 Compose last characters.
3074 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N),
3075 where N is the number of characters before point to compose.
3076 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3077 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3078 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N)
3079 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3080 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3082 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3083 Convert CHAR to string.
3084 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3086 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3087 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3088 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3092 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3093 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26685))
3094 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3096 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3097 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3098 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3100 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3101 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3102 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3104 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3105 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3106 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3107 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3109 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3110 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3114 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3115 ;;;;;; (14463 42213))
3116 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3118 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3119 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3120 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3121 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3122 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3123 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3125 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3126 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3130 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3131 ;;;;;; (14456 48530))
3132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3134 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3135 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3136 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3137 Tab indents for Perl code.
3138 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3139 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3141 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3142 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3143 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3144 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3145 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3146 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3147 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3148 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3149 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3150 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3151 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3152 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3154 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3156 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3157 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3159 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3161 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3162 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3163 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3164 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3165 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3166 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3167 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3168 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3169 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3171 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3175 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3176 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3177 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3180 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3181 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3182 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3184 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3186 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3187 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3188 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3189 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3190 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3192 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3202 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3203 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3204 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3205 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3206 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3207 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3208 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3209 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3210 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3211 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3212 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3213 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3214 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3216 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3217 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3218 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3219 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3220 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3221 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3223 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3224 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3227 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3228 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3229 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3230 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3231 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3233 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3234 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3235 span the needed amount of lines.
3237 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3238 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3239 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3240 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3242 Variables controlling indentation style:
3243 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3244 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3245 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3246 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3247 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3248 `cperl-auto-newline'
3249 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3250 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3251 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3252 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3253 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3254 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3255 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3256 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3257 `cperl-indent-level'
3258 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3259 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3260 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3261 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3262 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3263 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3264 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3265 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3266 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3267 `cperl-brace-offset'
3268 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3269 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3270 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3271 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3272 `cperl-label-offset'
3273 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3274 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3275 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3277 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3278 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3279 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3280 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3281 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3283 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3284 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3285 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3286 \(both available from menu).
3288 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3289 column 0 is indented on
3290 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3292 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3295 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3296 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3297 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3301 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3302 ;;;;;; (14568 36509))
3303 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3305 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3306 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3307 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3308 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3309 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3311 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3312 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3316 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3317 ;;;;;; (14302 38178))
3318 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3320 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3321 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3322 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3323 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3325 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3326 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3328 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3330 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3332 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3333 Toggle CRiSP emulation minor mode.
3334 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3338 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3339 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3340 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3341 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3342 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3343 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3344 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3345 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3346 ;;;;;; (14558 7062))
3347 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3348 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3350 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3351 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3353 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3354 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3356 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3357 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3359 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3361 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3362 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3364 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3365 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3367 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3368 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3370 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3371 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3373 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3374 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3376 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3378 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3379 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3380 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3381 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3383 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3384 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3386 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3387 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3389 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3390 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3392 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3394 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3395 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3396 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3397 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3398 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3400 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3401 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3403 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3404 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3406 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3408 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3409 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3411 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3412 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3413 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3414 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3415 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3417 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3418 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3421 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
3423 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3424 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
3425 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
3427 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
3428 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
3429 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
3431 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3432 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
3434 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3435 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
3437 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
3438 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
3440 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
3441 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3442 If ALL is `options', include only options.
3443 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
3444 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
3445 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
3446 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
3448 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
3449 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3450 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
3452 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
3453 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
3455 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
3456 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
3458 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
3459 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3460 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3461 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3462 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3463 that option." nil nil)
3465 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3466 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3467 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3468 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3469 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3470 that option." nil nil)
3472 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
3473 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
3475 (defvar custom-file nil "\
3476 File used for storing customization information.
3477 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
3478 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
3479 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
3481 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
3482 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
3483 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
3484 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
3486 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3487 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
3489 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
3490 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
3492 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3493 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3494 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3496 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3497 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3498 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
3499 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
3500 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3504 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
3505 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14505 58892))
3506 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
3508 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
3509 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
3511 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
3512 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
3513 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
3515 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
3517 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
3518 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
3519 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
3521 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
3525 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
3526 ;;;;;; (14552 48684))
3527 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
3529 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
3530 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
3534 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
3535 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14431 15379))
3536 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
3538 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3539 Minor mode that hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions.
3541 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
3542 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
3543 C++ modes are included.
3545 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3547 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3550 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
3551 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
3553 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3554 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
3556 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3560 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
3561 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment
3562 ;;;;;; setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment setup-cyrillic-iso-environment)
3563 ;;;;;; "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (13774 37678))
3564 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
3566 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3567 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ISO-8859-5 users." t nil)
3569 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3570 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic KOI8 users." t nil)
3572 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3573 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ALTERNATIVNYJ users." t nil)
3575 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
3576 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3578 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
3579 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3581 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
3582 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
3583 For readability, the table is slightly
3584 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
3586 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
3587 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
3588 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
3589 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
3590 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
3594 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
3595 ;;;;;; (14568 46430))
3596 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
3598 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
3600 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
3602 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
3603 Completion on current word.
3604 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
3605 and presents suggestions for completion.
3607 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
3608 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
3611 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
3612 then it searches *all* buffers.
3614 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
3615 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
3617 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
3618 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
3620 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
3621 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
3622 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
3623 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
3624 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
3626 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
3627 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
3629 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
3630 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
3631 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
3633 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
3634 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
3636 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
3640 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
3642 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
3644 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
3645 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
3647 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
3648 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
3649 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
3651 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
3652 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
3653 Data lines are not indented.
3658 Commands not usually bound to keys:
3660 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
3661 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
3662 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
3663 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
3665 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
3668 Extra indentation within blocks.
3670 dcl-continuation-offset
3671 Extra indentation for continued lines.
3674 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
3676 dcl-margin-label-offset
3677 Indentation for a label.
3679 dcl-comment-line-regexp
3680 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
3682 dcl-block-begin-regexp
3683 dcl-block-end-regexp
3684 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
3685 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
3686 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
3687 make it possible to define other places to indent.
3688 Set to nil to disable this feature.
3690 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
3691 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
3692 Two such functions are included in the package:
3693 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
3694 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
3696 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
3697 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
3698 One such function is included in the package:
3699 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
3701 dcl-tab-always-indent
3702 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
3703 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
3706 dcl-electric-characters
3707 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
3710 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
3711 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
3712 which words trigger electric indentation.
3715 dcl-tempo-left-paren
3716 dcl-tempo-right-paren
3717 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
3719 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
3720 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
3721 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
3722 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
3724 dcl-imenu-label-labels
3725 dcl-imenu-label-goto
3726 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
3727 dcl-imenu-label-call
3728 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
3730 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
3731 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3732 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
3733 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3736 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
3738 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
3739 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
3740 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
3742 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
3743 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
3747 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
3748 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
3749 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
3750 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
3751 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
3752 \"lined up with the command line\"
3754 Data lines are not indented at all.
3755 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
3762 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
3763 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14547 29510))
3764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
3766 (setq debugger (quote debug))
3768 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
3769 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
3770 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
3773 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
3774 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
3775 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
3777 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3778 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
3779 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
3780 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
3781 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
3782 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
3783 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
3785 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3786 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
3787 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
3791 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
3792 ;;;;;; (13875 47403))
3793 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
3795 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
3796 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
3798 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
3799 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
3800 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
3801 Upper-case letters are commands.
3803 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
3806 The most useful commands are:
3807 \\<decipher-mode-map>
3808 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
3809 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
3810 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
3811 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
3812 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
3816 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region)
3817 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903))
3818 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
3820 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
3821 Prettify all columns in a text region.
3823 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
3825 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
3826 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
3828 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
3832 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505
3834 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
3836 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
3837 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
3838 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
3839 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
3840 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
3841 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
3843 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
3847 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
3848 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
3849 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
3850 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
3851 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
3852 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
3853 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
3854 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
3855 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3856 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
3857 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
3858 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
3860 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
3861 Directories to search when finding external units.
3862 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
3863 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
3867 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
3868 Face used to color delphi comments.
3869 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
3870 Face used to color delphi strings.
3871 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
3872 Face used to color delphi keywords.
3873 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
3874 Face used to color everything else.
3876 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
3877 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
3881 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel"
3882 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14410 18534))
3883 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
3885 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
3887 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
3888 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3889 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
3892 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
3893 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
3894 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
3895 any selection." t nil)
3897 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
3898 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3899 See command `delete-selection-mode'.
3900 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3901 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
3903 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3905 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
3909 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "derived.el"
3910 ;;;;;; (14552 48685))
3911 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
3913 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
3914 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
3915 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
3916 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
3917 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
3921 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
3922 ;;;;;; (14495 17963))
3923 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
3925 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
3926 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
3927 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
3929 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
3930 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
3931 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
3932 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
3936 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
3937 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
3938 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
3939 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
3940 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
3941 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
3942 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util"
3943 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (14423 51006))
3944 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
3946 (autoload (quote setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" "\
3947 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for languages using Devanagari." t nil)
3949 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
3950 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
3951 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
3953 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
3954 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
3955 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
3957 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
3958 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
3959 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3960 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3962 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
3963 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
3964 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3965 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3967 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
3968 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
3970 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
3971 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
3972 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
3974 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
3975 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
3977 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3979 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3981 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3983 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
3984 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
3986 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3988 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
3989 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
3991 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3993 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3995 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3999 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4000 ;;;;;; (14523 49787))
4001 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4003 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4004 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4005 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4006 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4007 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4009 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4010 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4011 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4013 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4014 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4015 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4016 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4019 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4021 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4022 european-calendar-style t \\
4023 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4024 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4025 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4027 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4028 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4029 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4030 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4034 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4035 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
4036 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4038 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4039 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4041 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4042 *The command to use to run diff.")
4044 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4045 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4046 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4047 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4048 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4050 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4051 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4052 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4053 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4054 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4058 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4059 ;;;;;; (14552 48685))
4060 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4062 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4063 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4064 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
4065 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
4066 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
4067 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
4069 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4070 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4071 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4075 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4076 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4077 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4078 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4079 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14563 8348))
4080 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4082 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4083 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4084 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4085 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4086 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4088 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4089 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4091 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4092 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4093 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4094 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4095 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4097 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4098 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4100 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4101 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4102 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4103 always set this variable to t.")
4105 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4106 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4107 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4108 A value of t means move to first file.")
4110 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4111 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4112 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4113 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4114 are afterward marked with that character.")
4116 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4117 *Controls marking of copied files.
4118 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4119 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4121 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4122 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4123 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4124 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4126 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4127 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4128 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4129 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4131 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4132 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4133 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4134 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4136 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4138 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4139 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4140 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4141 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4143 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4144 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4145 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4146 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4147 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4148 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4149 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4150 list of files to make directory entries for.
4151 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4152 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4153 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4154 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4156 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4157 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4159 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4160 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4161 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4163 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4164 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4166 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4167 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4171 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace dired-do-search dired-hide-all
4172 ;;;;;; dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir
4173 ;;;;;; dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir dired-prev-subdir
4174 ;;;;;; dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir dired-downcase
4175 ;;;;;; dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4176 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4177 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4178 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4179 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4180 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4181 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4182 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4183 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14506 36592))
4184 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4186 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4187 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4188 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
4189 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4190 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4191 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4193 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4194 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4195 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4196 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4197 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4198 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4200 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4201 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4202 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4204 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4205 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4207 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4208 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4210 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4211 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4212 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4213 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4215 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4216 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4217 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4218 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4219 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4221 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4223 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4224 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4225 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4227 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4228 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4229 instead of att the end of the command.
4231 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4232 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4233 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4235 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4236 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4238 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4239 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4241 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4242 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4243 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4244 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4245 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4246 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4248 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4250 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4251 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4253 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4254 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4256 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4257 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4259 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4260 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4261 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4262 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4264 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4266 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4268 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4270 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4272 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4274 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4275 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4277 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4278 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4279 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4280 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4281 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4282 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4283 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4285 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4286 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4287 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4288 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4289 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4290 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4292 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4293 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4294 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4295 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4296 and new hard links are made in that directory
4297 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4299 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4300 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4301 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4302 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
4304 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4305 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4306 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4307 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4308 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4309 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4311 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4312 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4314 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4315 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4316 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4318 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4319 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4320 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4322 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4323 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4324 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4326 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4327 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4329 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4330 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4332 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4333 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4334 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4335 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4336 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4337 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4339 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4341 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4342 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4343 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4344 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4345 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4346 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4348 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4350 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4351 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4352 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4354 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4355 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4356 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4357 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4359 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4360 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4361 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4362 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4364 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4365 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4366 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4368 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4369 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4371 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4372 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4374 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4375 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4376 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4377 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4379 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
4380 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
4381 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
4382 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
4384 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
4385 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
4386 Stops when a match is found.
4387 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4389 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace) "dired-aux" "\
4390 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
4391 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
4392 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
4393 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4397 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14523 40402))
4398 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
4400 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
4401 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
4402 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
4403 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
4404 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
4405 buffer and try again." t nil)
4409 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315))
4410 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
4412 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
4413 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
4414 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
4416 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
4418 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
4419 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
4421 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
4422 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
4427 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
4429 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
4431 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
4432 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
4433 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
4434 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
4435 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
4436 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
4440 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
4441 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
4442 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
4443 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
4444 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14353 44070))
4445 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
4447 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4448 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
4450 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4451 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
4452 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
4453 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4454 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4456 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4457 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
4458 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
4459 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4460 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4462 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4463 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
4465 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4466 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
4468 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
4469 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
4471 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
4472 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
4474 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
4475 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
4477 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
4478 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
4479 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
4480 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
4482 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
4483 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
4484 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
4487 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
4488 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
4490 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil)
4492 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
4493 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
4495 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
4496 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
4497 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
4498 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
4500 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
4501 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
4502 European character display.
4504 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
4505 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
4506 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
4507 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
4509 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
4510 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
4511 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
4512 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
4513 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
4517 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
4518 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
4519 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
4521 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
4522 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
4523 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
4524 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
4525 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
4526 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
4527 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
4528 Default is 2." t nil)
4532 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573))
4533 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
4535 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
4536 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
4540 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
4541 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
4542 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
4544 (defvar double-mode nil "\
4546 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4547 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
4549 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4551 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
4553 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
4555 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
4557 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
4558 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
4562 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
4563 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
4565 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
4566 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
4570 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
4571 ;;;;;; (14030 48685))
4572 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
4574 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
4575 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
4579 ;;;### (autoloads (define-derived-mode easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap
4580 ;;;;;; define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el"
4581 ;;;;;; (14552 48943))
4582 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
4584 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
4586 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4587 Define a new minor mode MODE.
4588 This function defines the associated control variable, keymap,
4589 toggle command, and hooks (see `easy-mmode-define-toggle').
4591 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
4592 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
4593 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode-bar when the mode is on.
4594 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
4595 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
4596 in order to build a valid keymap.
4597 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
4598 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks." nil (quote macro))
4600 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
4602 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
4604 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4605 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4607 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4609 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4610 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
4611 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4612 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4613 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4614 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4615 hooks for the new mode.
4617 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4619 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4621 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4622 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4623 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4625 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4626 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4628 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4629 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4630 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4632 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4633 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4637 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
4638 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14574
4640 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
4642 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
4643 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
4644 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
4645 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
4647 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
4648 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
4652 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
4657 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
4658 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
4662 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
4663 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4665 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
4667 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
4669 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
4671 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
4672 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
4674 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4675 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4677 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
4679 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
4681 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
4685 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
4686 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
4687 computed automatically.
4688 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
4692 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
4694 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of
4695 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
4696 keyboard equivalent.
4700 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4701 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4705 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
4706 expression has a non-nil value.
4710 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
4714 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
4718 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
4719 radio: A radio button.
4720 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
4721 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
4723 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
4727 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
4728 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4732 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
4734 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
4735 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
4736 as a solid horizontal line.
4738 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
4740 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
4742 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
4743 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
4744 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
4745 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4747 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
4748 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
4749 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
4750 should contain a submenu named NAME.
4751 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
4752 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
4754 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
4755 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
4756 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
4758 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
4759 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
4763 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
4764 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
4765 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
4766 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
4767 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14485 59667))
4768 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
4770 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
4771 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
4773 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4774 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
4776 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
4777 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
4780 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
4781 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
4782 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
4783 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
4785 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4786 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
4787 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
4789 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4790 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
4791 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
4792 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
4794 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
4796 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4797 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
4798 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
4800 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
4802 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4803 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
4805 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
4806 The EPS file name has the following form:
4808 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
4810 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
4811 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
4813 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
4814 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
4815 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
4816 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
4818 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
4820 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4821 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
4823 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
4824 The EPS file name has the following form:
4826 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
4828 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
4829 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
4831 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
4832 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
4833 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
4834 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
4836 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
4838 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
4840 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4841 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
4843 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4844 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
4846 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
4847 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
4849 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4850 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
4852 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4853 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
4855 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4856 Set STYLE to current style.
4858 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4860 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4861 Reset current style.
4863 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4865 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4866 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
4868 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4870 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4871 Pop a style and set it to current style.
4873 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4877 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace
4878 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
4879 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode ebrowse-load) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el"
4880 ;;;;;; (14576 57912))
4881 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
4883 (autoload (quote ebrowse-load) "ebrowse" "\
4884 Load an Ebrowse file FILE into memory and make a tree buffer.
4885 Optional SWITCH non-nil means switch to the tree buffer afterwards.
4886 This function is normally called from a `find-file-hook'.
4887 Value is the tree buffer created." nil nil)
4889 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
4890 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
4891 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
4892 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
4893 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
4894 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
4896 Tree mode key bindings:
4897 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" nil nil)
4899 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
4900 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
4902 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.\nA second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match. \nA call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with\ncompletion." t nil)
4904 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
4905 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
4906 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
4907 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
4909 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
4910 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
4911 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
4913 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
4914 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
4915 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
4916 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
4920 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-find-file-hook-fn) "ebrowse-ffh" "progmodes/ebrowse-ffh.el"
4921 ;;;;;; (14576 58508))
4922 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse-ffh.el
4924 (autoload (quote ebrowse-find-file-hook-fn) "ebrowse-ffh" "\
4925 Function installed on `find-file-hooks'.
4926 Load an Ebrowse class tree when there's special signature at
4927 the beginning of the file." nil nil)
4929 (add-hook (quote find-file-hooks) (quote ebrowse-find-file-hook-fn))
4933 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
4934 ;;;;;; (13778 5499))
4935 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
4937 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
4938 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
4939 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
4940 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
4942 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
4943 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
4944 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
4946 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
4947 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
4948 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
4950 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
4952 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
4956 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
4957 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307))
4958 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
4960 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
4961 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
4962 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
4966 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
4967 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14576 25687))
4968 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
4970 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
4971 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
4972 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
4973 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
4974 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
4976 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
4977 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
4978 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
4979 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
4981 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
4982 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
4983 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
4984 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
4986 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
4987 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
4988 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
4989 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
4991 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
4993 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
4994 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
4995 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
4996 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
4997 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5001 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5002 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5003 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5004 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5005 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5006 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5007 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5008 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5009 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5010 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14522 27408))
5011 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5013 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5014 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5016 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5017 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5019 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5021 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5023 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5024 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5026 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5028 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5029 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5031 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5033 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5034 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5035 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5036 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5038 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5040 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5041 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5042 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5043 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5045 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5047 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5048 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5049 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5050 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5052 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5054 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5055 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5056 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5057 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5059 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5061 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5062 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5063 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5064 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5065 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5066 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5068 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5069 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5070 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5071 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5073 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5075 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5076 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5077 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5078 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5080 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5082 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5084 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5085 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5086 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5088 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5089 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5091 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5092 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5093 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5095 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5096 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5098 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5099 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5100 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5101 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5102 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5104 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5105 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5106 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5107 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5108 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5109 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5111 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5113 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5114 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5116 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5117 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5119 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5121 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5122 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5124 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5125 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5127 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5128 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5129 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5132 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5133 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5134 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5137 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5138 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5139 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5140 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5142 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5143 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5144 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5145 and don't ask the user.
5146 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5147 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5149 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5150 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
5152 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5154 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5156 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5157 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5158 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5159 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5161 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5163 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5164 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5165 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5167 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5168 Display Ediff's manual.
5169 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5173 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5174 ;;;;;; (14522 27392))
5175 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5177 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123))
5182 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5184 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5186 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser...")))))
5188 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5192 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5193 ;;;;;; (14398 37488))
5194 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5196 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5197 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5199 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5203 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5204 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134))
5205 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5207 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5208 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5209 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5212 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5213 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5214 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5215 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5219 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5220 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5221 ;;;;;; (13957 59893))
5222 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5223 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5225 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5226 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5227 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5229 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5230 Edit a keyboard macro.
5231 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5232 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5233 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5235 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5237 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5238 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5240 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5241 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5243 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5244 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5245 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5246 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5247 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5248 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5250 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5251 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5252 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5253 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5255 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5256 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5257 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5258 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5259 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5260 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5264 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
5266 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5268 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5269 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5273 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5274 ;;;;;; (13116 19762))
5275 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5277 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5278 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5279 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5280 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5281 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5282 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5283 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5284 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5286 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5287 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5289 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5290 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5291 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5292 this value is non-nil.
5294 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5295 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
5298 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
5299 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
5300 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5302 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5306 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc"
5307 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 39947))
5308 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5310 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5311 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5313 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5314 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5315 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5316 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5317 from the documentation string if possible.
5319 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5322 This variable is buffer-local.")
5324 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5325 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5326 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
5328 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
5330 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
5331 the mode, respectively." t nil)
5333 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5334 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
5338 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14495
5340 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5342 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5343 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5345 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5346 an elided material again.
5348 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5352 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
5353 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
5354 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
5356 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
5357 Initialize elint." t nil)
5361 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package
5362 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function)
5363 ;;;;;; "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (13578 6553))
5364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
5366 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
5367 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
5368 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5370 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
5371 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
5372 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5374 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
5375 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
5376 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
5378 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
5379 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
5380 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
5382 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
5384 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
5385 Display current profiling results.
5386 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
5387 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
5390 (autoload (quote elp-submit-bug-report) "elp" "\
5391 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
5395 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
5396 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
5397 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
5399 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
5400 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
5401 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
5405 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
5406 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
5407 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
5408 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
5409 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14345 52903))
5410 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
5412 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
5414 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
5416 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
5418 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
5420 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
5422 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
5424 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
5426 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
5428 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
5430 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
5431 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
5433 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5434 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
5436 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
5437 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
5439 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5440 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
5442 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5444 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5446 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5448 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5450 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
5451 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
5453 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5454 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
5456 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
5460 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
5462 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
5464 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
5465 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
5466 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5468 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
5469 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
5472 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
5473 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
5474 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
5478 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
5479 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14539 53665))
5480 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
5482 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
5483 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
5484 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
5485 text/enriched format.
5486 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
5488 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
5489 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
5493 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
5495 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5497 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5501 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "env.el" (13582 12516))
5502 ;;; Generated autoloads from env.el
5504 (autoload (quote setenv) "env" "\
5505 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
5506 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
5507 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
5509 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
5510 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
5511 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
5513 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
5517 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
5518 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
5519 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
5520 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
5521 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
5522 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14551
5524 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
5526 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
5527 *File name of tags table.
5528 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
5529 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
5530 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5531 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
5533 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
5534 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
5535 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
5536 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
5538 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
5539 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
5540 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
5541 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
5542 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
5543 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5545 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
5546 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
5547 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
5548 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
5549 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
5551 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
5552 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
5553 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
5554 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
5556 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
5557 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
5558 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
5559 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
5560 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
5562 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
5563 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
5564 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
5565 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
5567 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
5568 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
5569 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
5570 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
5571 file the tag was in." t nil)
5573 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
5574 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
5575 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
5576 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
5577 without directory names." nil nil)
5579 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
5580 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5581 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
5582 but does not select the buffer.
5583 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
5585 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5586 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5587 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5588 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5589 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5591 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5593 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5594 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5595 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5597 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5599 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
5600 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5601 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
5602 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
5604 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5605 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5606 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5607 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5608 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5610 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5612 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5613 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5614 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5616 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5617 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
5619 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
5620 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5621 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
5622 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5623 around or before point.
5625 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5626 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5627 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5628 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5629 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5631 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5633 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5634 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5635 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5637 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5638 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
5640 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
5641 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5642 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
5643 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5644 around or before point.
5646 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5647 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5648 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5649 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5650 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5652 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5654 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5655 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5656 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5658 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5659 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
5661 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
5662 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
5663 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
5665 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5666 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5667 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5668 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5669 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5671 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
5673 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5674 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5675 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5677 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5678 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
5679 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
5681 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
5682 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
5684 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
5685 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
5686 where they were found." t nil)
5688 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
5689 Select next file among files in current tags table.
5691 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
5692 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
5693 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
5695 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
5696 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
5698 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
5699 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
5701 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
5702 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
5703 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
5704 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
5706 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
5707 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
5708 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
5709 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
5710 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
5711 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
5713 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
5714 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
5715 Stops when a match is found.
5716 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5718 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5720 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
5721 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
5722 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5723 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
5724 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5726 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5728 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
5729 Display list of tags in file FILE.
5730 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
5731 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
5732 directory specification." t nil)
5734 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
5735 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
5737 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
5738 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
5739 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
5740 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
5742 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
5743 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
5744 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
5745 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
5746 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
5750 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
5751 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
5752 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
5753 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
5754 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
5755 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
5756 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal
5757 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
5758 ;;;;;; (14180 44101))
5759 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
5761 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "\
5762 Setup multilingual environment for Ethiopic." nil nil)
5764 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
5766 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
5767 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
5768 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
5769 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5771 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
5772 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5775 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
5776 even if the buffer is read-only.
5778 See also the descriptions of the variables
5779 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5780 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5782 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5783 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
5785 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5786 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5788 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
5789 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5792 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
5793 buffer is read-only.
5795 See also the descriptions of the variables
5796 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5797 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5799 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5800 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
5801 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5803 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5804 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
5806 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
5807 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
5809 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
5810 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
5812 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5813 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
5814 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
5815 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5817 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
5818 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
5819 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5820 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5822 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
5823 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
5824 the primary language.
5826 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
5827 buffer is read-only.
5829 See also the descriptions of the variables
5830 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5831 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5833 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5834 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
5835 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5836 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5838 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
5839 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
5842 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
5843 buffer is read-only.
5845 See also the descriptions of the variables
5846 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5847 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5849 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5850 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
5851 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5853 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5854 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
5856 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
5857 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
5858 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
5859 3) convert the body into SERA.
5861 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
5863 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5864 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
5865 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5867 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
5868 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
5870 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
5871 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
5873 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
5874 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
5877 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
5878 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
5879 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
5881 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
5883 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
5884 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
5886 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5887 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
5888 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
5890 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5891 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
5893 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5894 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
5896 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
5897 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
5899 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
5900 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
5902 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5903 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
5905 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
5906 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
5908 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
5909 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
5913 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
5914 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
5915 ;;;;;; (14463 3149))
5916 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
5918 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
5919 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
5920 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
5921 server for future sessions." t nil)
5923 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
5924 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
5926 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
5927 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
5929 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
5930 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
5931 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
5932 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
5933 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
5934 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
5935 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
5936 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
5937 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
5938 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
5939 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
5940 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
5942 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
5943 Display a form to query the directory server.
5944 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
5945 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
5947 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
5948 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
5949 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
5951 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version
) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
5955 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
5956 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
5957 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 51599))
5958 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
5960 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
5961 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil
)
5963 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
5964 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil
)
5966 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
5967 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil
)
5969 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
5970 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil
)
5972 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
5973 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil
)
5977 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
5978 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 58168))
5979 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
5981 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
5982 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
5983 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil
)
5985 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
5986 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil
)
5990 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
5991 ;;;;;; (14460 58176))
5992 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
5994 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
5995 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil
)
5999 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic)
6000 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33734))
6001 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6003 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
6004 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6005 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6006 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6007 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6010 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
6011 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6012 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil
)
6016 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6017 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 18506))
6018 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6020 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
6021 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6022 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6023 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6025 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6027 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6028 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6029 to generate such functions.
6031 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6032 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6033 beginning of the expanded text.
6035 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6036 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6037 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6038 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6040 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil
)
6042 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
6043 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6044 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
6046 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
6047 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6048 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
6049 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
6050 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
6054 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14546 35423))
6055 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6057 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
6058 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6060 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6061 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6062 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6064 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6069 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6072 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6074 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6076 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6078 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6080 f90-continuation-indent
6081 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6083 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6084 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6085 f90-indented-comment-re
6086 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6088 f90-directive-comment-re
6089 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6090 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6091 f90-break-delimiters
6092 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6093 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6094 f90-break-before-delimiters
6095 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6097 f90-beginning-ampersand
6098 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6100 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6101 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6102 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6103 f90-auto-keyword-case
6104 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6105 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6107 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6109 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6111 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6113 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6114 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil
)
6118 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6119 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6120 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6121 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6122 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14539 53665))
6123 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6124 (define-key global-map
"\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap
)
6125 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
6127 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
6128 Menu keymap for faces.")
6130 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
6132 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
6133 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6135 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
6137 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
6138 Menu keymap for background colors")
6140 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
6142 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6143 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6145 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6147 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6148 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6150 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6152 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6153 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6155 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6157 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6158 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6160 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6162 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6164 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6166 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6168 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6169 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6170 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6171 will not show through at all will be removed.
6173 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6175 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6176 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6178 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6179 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6180 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6182 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6183 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
6184 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6185 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6186 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6187 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6188 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6189 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6191 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6192 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
6193 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6194 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6195 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6196 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6197 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6198 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6200 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6201 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
6202 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6203 is the menu item's name.
6205 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6206 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6208 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6209 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6210 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6212 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6213 Make the region invisible.
6214 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6215 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6217 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6218 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6219 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6220 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6222 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6223 Make the region unmodifiable.
6224 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6225 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6227 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6228 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6230 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6231 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6233 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6234 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6235 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6237 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6238 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6240 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6241 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6243 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6244 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6245 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6246 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6247 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6251 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6252 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
6253 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6255 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6256 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6257 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6258 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6260 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6262 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6263 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6264 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6266 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6267 - When you save the file's buffer.
6268 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6269 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6270 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6271 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6273 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6275 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6276 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6277 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6278 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6280 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6281 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6283 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6287 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6288 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
6289 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 45092))
6290 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
6292 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
6293 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
6295 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
6296 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
6297 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
6298 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
6300 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
6301 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
6302 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
6303 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
6304 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
6306 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
6307 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
6308 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
6309 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
6310 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
6311 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
6312 internally by feedmail):
6314 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
6315 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
6316 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
6317 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
6319 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
6320 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
6321 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
6322 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
6323 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
6327 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point
6328 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14412 8705))
6329 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
6331 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
6332 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
6333 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
6334 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
6335 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
6336 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
6337 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
6339 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
6340 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
6341 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
6342 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
6343 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
6344 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
6345 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
6347 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
6348 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
6350 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
6351 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
6352 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
6353 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
6354 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
6355 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
6357 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
6358 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
6359 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
6361 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
6362 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
6363 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
6365 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
6366 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
6370 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
6371 ;;;;;; (14332 47695))
6372 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
6374 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
6375 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
6376 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
6377 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
6378 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
6379 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
6380 \(directories) is done." t nil)
6381 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6382 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6383 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6387 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
6388 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14345 52903))
6389 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
6391 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
6392 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
6393 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
6394 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
6395 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
6397 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
6398 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
6399 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
6400 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
6402 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
6403 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
6404 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6406 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
6408 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
6409 as the final argument." t nil)
6411 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
6412 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
6413 and run dired on those files.
6414 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
6415 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6417 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
6419 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
6420 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
6421 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6423 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
6425 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
6429 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
6430 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
6431 ;;;;;; (13670 3046))
6432 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
6434 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
6435 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6436 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;.
6438 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
6440 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6441 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6442 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
6444 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
6445 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
6447 Variables of interest include:
6449 - ff-case-fold-search
6450 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search).
6451 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
6453 - ff-always-in-other-window
6454 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
6455 argument is given to ff-find-other-file.
6458 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
6460 - ff-always-try-to-create
6461 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
6464 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
6466 - ff-special-constructs
6467 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
6468 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
6469 extracting the filename from that construct.
6471 - ff-other-file-alist
6472 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
6474 - ff-search-directories
6475 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
6476 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension.
6479 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
6482 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
6484 - ff-post-load-hooks
6485 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
6487 - ff-not-found-hooks
6488 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
6490 - ff-file-created-hooks
6491 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
6493 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6494 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6496 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
6497 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6501 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
6502 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
6503 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
6504 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
6505 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
6506 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
6507 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
6509 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
6510 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
6512 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
6513 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6516 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
6517 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
6518 in `load-path'." nil nil)
6520 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
6521 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
6523 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
6524 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
6525 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6526 it is one of the current buffers.
6528 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
6529 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6530 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6532 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
6533 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6535 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6537 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6538 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6540 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6542 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
6543 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
6545 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
6546 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6549 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6550 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
6552 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
6553 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
6555 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
6556 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
6557 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6558 it is one of the current buffers.
6560 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6561 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6562 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6564 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
6565 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6567 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6569 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6570 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6572 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6574 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
6575 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
6576 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
6578 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
6579 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6581 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
6582 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6584 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
6585 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
6589 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
6590 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14576 32883))
6591 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
6593 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
6594 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
6596 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
6597 Display FILE's commentary section.
6598 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
6600 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
6601 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
6605 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
6606 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
6607 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
6609 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
6610 Toggle flow control handling.
6611 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
6612 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
6614 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
6615 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
6616 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
6617 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
6618 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
6619 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
6623 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
6624 ;;;;;; (14512 26322))
6625 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
6627 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
6628 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
6629 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
6630 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
6631 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
6632 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
6635 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
6636 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
6637 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
6640 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
6643 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
6644 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
6645 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
6647 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
6649 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
6650 in your .emacs file.
6652 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
6654 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
6656 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
6657 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
6661 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
6662 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
6663 ;;;;;; (14392 8455))
6664 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
6666 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
6667 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
6669 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
6670 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
6672 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
6673 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
6675 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
6676 of two major techniques:
6678 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
6679 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
6680 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
6682 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
6683 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
6684 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
6687 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
6688 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
6689 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
6690 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
6691 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
6694 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
6695 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
6697 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
6699 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
6700 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
6701 \(This is the default.)
6703 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
6704 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
6706 Keys specific to Follow mode:
6707 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
6709 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
6710 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
6712 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
6713 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
6714 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
6715 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
6716 two windows always will display two successive pages.
6717 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
6719 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
6720 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
6721 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
6723 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
6724 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
6725 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
6729 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
6730 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords
6731 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el"
6732 ;;;;;; (14546 54851))
6733 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
6735 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
6736 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
6738 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6739 Toggle Font Lock mode.
6740 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6742 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
6744 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
6745 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
6746 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
6747 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6749 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
6750 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6752 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
6754 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
6755 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
6756 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6758 (global-font-lock-mode t)
6760 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
6761 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
6762 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
6763 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
6764 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
6765 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
6767 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
6768 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
6770 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
6771 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
6773 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
6774 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
6775 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
6777 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
6778 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
6780 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
6781 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
6782 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
6784 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
6785 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
6786 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
6788 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
6789 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
6790 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
6792 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6793 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
6794 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6795 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
6796 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6797 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
6798 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
6799 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
6800 end of the current highlighting list.
6804 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
6805 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
6806 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
6808 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
6809 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
6811 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
6812 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
6813 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
6815 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6816 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
6818 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6819 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
6821 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6822 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6823 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6824 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
6825 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
6827 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6828 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
6830 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
6831 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6832 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6833 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
6834 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6835 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
6837 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6839 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
6841 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
6842 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
6846 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
6847 ;;;;;; (14551 28678))
6848 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
6850 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
6851 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
6852 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
6853 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
6854 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
6856 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
6859 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
6860 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
6862 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
6866 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
6868 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
6870 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
6871 Toggle footnote minor mode.
6872 \\<message-mode-map>
6876 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
6877 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
6878 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
6879 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
6880 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
6881 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
6886 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
6887 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
6888 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
6890 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
6891 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
6893 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
6894 TAB forms-next-field TAB
6895 C-c TAB forms-next-field
6896 C-c < forms-first-record <
6897 C-c > forms-last-record >
6898 C-c ? describe-mode ?
6899 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
6900 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
6901 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
6902 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
6903 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
6904 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
6905 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
6906 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
6907 C-c C-x forms-exit x
6910 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
6911 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
6913 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
6914 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
6918 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
6919 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14537 23071))
6920 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
6922 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
6923 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
6924 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
6925 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
6926 with a character in column 6.")
6928 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
6929 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
6930 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
6931 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
6933 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
6937 \\{fortran-mode-map}
6939 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6942 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
6943 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
6945 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6947 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
6948 `fortran-structure-indent'
6949 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
6951 `fortran-continuation-indent'
6952 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
6953 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
6954 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
6955 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
6956 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
6957 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
6958 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
6959 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6960 (for TAB format continuation style).
6961 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
6962 indentation for a line of code.
6964 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
6965 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
6966 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
6967 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
6968 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
6969 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6970 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
6971 `fortran-line-number-indent'
6972 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
6973 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
6974 column 5. (default 1)
6975 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
6976 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
6977 statements. (default nil)
6978 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
6979 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
6980 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
6981 statement. (default nil)
6982 `fortran-continuation-string'
6983 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
6984 line. (default \"$\")
6985 `fortran-comment-region'
6986 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
6987 region. (default \"c$$$\")
6988 `fortran-electric-line-number'
6989 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
6990 as typed. (default t)
6991 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
6992 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
6995 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
6996 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7000 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7001 ;;;;;; (13973 3308))
7002 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7004 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7005 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7007 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7008 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7010 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7011 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7014 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7015 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7016 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7017 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7018 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
7019 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7021 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7022 Each keyword should be a string.
7024 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7025 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7027 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
7028 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7029 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7031 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7033 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7035 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7036 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7037 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7038 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7040 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7041 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7045 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7046 ;;;;;; (14568 44804))
7047 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7049 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7050 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7051 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7052 at places they belong to." t nil)
7056 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7057 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49411))
7058 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7060 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7061 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7063 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7065 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7066 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7067 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7068 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7069 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7071 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7072 Read news as a slave." t nil)
7074 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
7075 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
7077 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
7079 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7080 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7081 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
7085 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7086 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7087 ;;;;;; (14030 49649))
7088 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7090 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7091 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7093 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7094 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7096 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7097 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7098 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7099 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7103 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7104 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7105 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7107 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7108 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7110 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7114 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7115 ;;;;;; (14030 49288))
7116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7118 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7119 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
7123 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7124 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030
7126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7128 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7129 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7132 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7134 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7135 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7137 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7138 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7142 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7143 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552))
7144 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7146 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7147 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7148 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7150 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7151 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7155 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7156 ;;;;;; (14030 49328))
7157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7159 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7161 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7162 Run batched scoring.
7163 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7167 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
7168 ;;;;;; (14030 49334))
7169 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
7171 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
7172 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
7173 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
7177 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule"
7178 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540))
7179 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
7181 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
7182 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
7183 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
7184 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as
7185 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil)
7187 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\
7188 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil)
7192 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
7193 ;;;;;; (14030 49357))
7194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
7196 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
7197 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
7198 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
7199 for matching on group names.
7201 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
7202 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
7204 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
7206 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
7210 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
7211 ;;;;;; (14030 49359))
7212 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
7214 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
7215 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
7219 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
7220 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937))
7221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
7223 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
7224 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
7226 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
7227 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
7231 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
7232 ;;;;;; (14030 49407))
7233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
7235 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
7236 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
7240 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33566))
7241 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
7243 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
7244 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
7245 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
7246 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
7247 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
7249 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
7250 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
7251 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
7253 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
7254 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
7255 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
7259 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
7260 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14385 24830))
7261 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
7263 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
7264 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
7265 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
7266 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7267 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
7269 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
7270 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
7271 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
7272 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7273 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
7275 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
7276 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
7277 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
7279 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
7281 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
7282 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
7286 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
7287 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
7289 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
7290 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
7291 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
7292 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
7293 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
7297 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
7298 ;;;;;; (14517 9487))
7299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
7301 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
7302 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7303 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7304 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7306 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
7307 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7308 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7309 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7311 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
7312 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7313 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7314 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7316 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
7317 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7318 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7319 and source-file directory for your debugger.
7321 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
7322 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
7324 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
7325 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7326 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7327 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7329 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
7330 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
7331 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7332 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7334 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
7335 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
7336 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
7337 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
7338 between it and it's value." t nil)
7339 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
7343 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14033
7345 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
7347 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
7348 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
7349 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
7350 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
7352 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
7353 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
7354 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
7355 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
7359 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
7360 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
7361 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
7363 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
7364 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
7366 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
7367 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
7368 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
7369 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
7371 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
7373 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
7374 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
7375 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
7376 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
7377 to be updated." t nil)
7381 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
7382 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
7383 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
7385 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
7386 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
7387 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
7388 and window listing and describing the options.
7389 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
7390 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
7394 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
7395 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 20602))
7396 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
7398 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
7399 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
7401 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
7402 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
7406 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
7407 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14335 43064))
7408 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
7410 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
7411 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
7412 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
7413 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
7414 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
7416 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
7417 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
7419 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
7420 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
7421 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
7422 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
7424 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
7425 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
7428 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
7433 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
7434 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
7435 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
7436 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
7437 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
7438 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
7439 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
7440 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
7441 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
7442 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
7443 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
7444 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
7445 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
7446 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
7447 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
7449 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
7450 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
7451 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
7453 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
7456 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
7458 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
7459 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
7460 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
7462 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
7463 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
7464 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
7466 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
7467 into the buffer at the current point.
7469 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
7470 into the buffer at the current point.
7472 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
7473 into the buffer at the current point.
7475 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
7477 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
7478 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
7480 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
7482 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
7484 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
7485 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
7486 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
7488 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
7489 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
7490 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
7494 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
7495 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14392 886))
7496 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
7498 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
7499 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
7501 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
7502 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
7503 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
7504 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
7505 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
7506 how the hiding is done:
7509 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
7510 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
7513 hide-ifdef-define-alist
7514 An association list of defined symbol lists.
7515 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
7516 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
7517 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
7520 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
7521 #endif lines when hiding.
7523 hide-ifdef-initially
7524 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
7527 hide-ifdef-read-only
7528 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
7529 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
7531 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
7533 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
7534 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
7536 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
7537 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
7539 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
7540 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
7544 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
7545 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14512 26322))
7546 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
7548 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
7549 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
7551 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
7552 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
7553 Each element has the form
7554 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
7556 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
7557 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
7559 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
7560 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
7562 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
7563 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
7564 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
7565 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
7566 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
7568 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
7569 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
7571 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
7572 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
7574 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
7575 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
7576 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
7578 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
7579 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
7580 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7581 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
7582 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
7583 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
7585 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
7586 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. There is also
7587 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
7589 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
7590 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
7592 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
7595 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
7599 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
7600 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
7601 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
7602 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14288 22009))
7603 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
7605 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
7607 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
7608 Remove the change face from the region.
7609 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
7611 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
7612 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
7614 Without an argument,
7615 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active
7616 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state);
7617 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states.
7620 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active;
7621 with a zero argument, set state to passive;
7622 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
7624 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
7625 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
7626 not displayed in a different face.
7629 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
7630 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
7631 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
7632 buffer with the contents of a file
7633 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
7634 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
7639 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled.
7640 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state
7641 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
7644 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
7645 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
7647 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
7648 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
7650 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
7651 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
7653 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element
7654 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the
7655 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
7656 shown in the last face in the list.
7658 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
7659 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the
7660 buffer to be saved):
7661 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
7664 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
7665 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
7667 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
7668 and not in read-only mode.
7670 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default
7671 when called interactively.
7673 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will
7674 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in
7675 temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
7677 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
7678 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
7679 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
7681 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
7682 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
7684 When called interactively:
7685 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
7686 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
7687 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
7688 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
7690 When called from a program:
7691 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
7692 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode
7693 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode
7694 - otherwise just turn it on
7696 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
7697 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
7698 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
7699 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
7703 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
7704 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
7705 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
7706 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
7707 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14398 37488))
7708 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
7710 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
7711 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
7712 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
7713 or insert functions in this list.")
7715 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
7716 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
7718 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
7719 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
7721 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
7722 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
7724 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
7725 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
7727 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
7728 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
7729 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
7731 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
7732 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
7733 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7736 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
7737 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
7738 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7739 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
7740 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
7742 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
7743 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
7744 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
7745 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
7746 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
7748 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
7749 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
7750 undoes the expansion." t nil)
7752 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
7753 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
7754 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
7755 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
7759 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
7761 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
7763 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
7764 Toggle Hl-Line mode.
7765 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7766 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
7768 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7770 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
7772 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
7773 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
7775 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7776 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
7777 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
7781 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
7782 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
7783 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
7785 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
7786 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
7788 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
7789 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
7791 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
7795 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
7796 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14454 81))
7797 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
7799 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
7800 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
7802 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
7803 This function is absolete." t nil)
7805 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
7806 This function is absolete." t nil)
7810 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
7811 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14440 64840))
7812 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
7814 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
7815 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
7816 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
7818 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
7819 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
7820 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
7824 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403))
7825 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
7827 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
7828 Major mode for editing Icon code.
7829 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
7830 Tab indents for Icon code.
7831 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
7832 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
7834 Variables controlling indentation style:
7835 icon-tab-always-indent
7836 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
7837 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
7839 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
7840 inserted in Icon code.
7842 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
7843 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
7844 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
7845 icon-continued-statement-offset
7846 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
7847 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
7848 icon-continued-brace-offset
7849 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
7850 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
7852 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
7853 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
7854 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
7855 this far to the right of the start of its line.
7857 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
7858 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7862 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
7863 ;;;;;; (14495 18053))
7864 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
7866 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
7867 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
7868 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
7869 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
7871 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
7872 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
7875 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
7877 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
7878 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
7879 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
7881 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
7885 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
7886 ;;;;;; (14495 18054))
7887 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
7889 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
7890 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
7892 The main features of this mode are
7894 1. Indentation and Formatting
7895 --------------------------
7896 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
7897 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
7899 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
7900 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
7901 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
7902 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
7904 Comments are indented as follows:
7906 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
7907 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
7908 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
7910 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
7912 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
7913 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
7914 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
7915 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
7916 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
7918 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
7919 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
7920 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
7924 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
7925 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
7926 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
7927 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
7928 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
7929 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
7930 information, which is also used for completion (see next item).
7934 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions and
7935 keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and figures out what
7936 is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). Lower case
7937 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
7940 4. Code Templates and Abbreviations
7941 --------------------------------
7942 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
7943 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
7945 \\pr PROCEDURE template
7946 \\fu FUNCTION template
7947 \\c CASE statement template
7948 \\f FOR loop template
7949 \\r REPEAT Loop template
7950 \\w WHILE loop template
7951 \\i IF statement template
7952 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
7955 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
7956 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
7958 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
7959 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
7960 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
7962 5. Automatic Case Conversion
7963 -------------------------
7964 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
7965 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
7967 6. Automatic END completion
7968 ------------------------
7969 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
7970 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
7974 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
7975 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
7977 8. Documentation and Customization
7978 -------------------------------
7979 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
7980 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
7981 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
7982 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
7983 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
7987 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
7988 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
7989 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
7991 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
7995 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263))
7996 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
7997 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
7999 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
8000 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
8001 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
8005 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage remove-images insert-image put-image
8006 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
8007 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14524 62778))
8008 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
8010 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
8011 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
8012 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
8013 be determined." nil nil)
8015 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
8016 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
8017 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
8018 be determined." nil nil)
8020 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
8021 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
8022 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
8024 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
8026 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
8027 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
8028 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
8029 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
8030 use its file extension.as image type.
8031 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
8032 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
8033 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'.
8034 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
8036 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
8037 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
8038 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
8039 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
8040 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
8042 POS may be an integer or marker.
8043 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8044 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8045 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8046 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8048 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
8049 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
8050 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
8051 with a `display' property whose value is the image.
8052 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8053 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8054 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8055 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8057 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
8058 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
8059 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
8060 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
8062 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
8063 Define SYMBOL as an image.
8065 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
8066 documentation string.
8068 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8069 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8070 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8071 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8072 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8073 string containing the actual image data. The first image
8074 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
8079 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
8080 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
8084 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
8085 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14315 33489))
8086 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
8088 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
8089 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
8091 Affects only the mouse index menu.
8093 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
8094 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
8097 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
8099 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
8100 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
8101 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
8103 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
8104 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
8106 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
8107 to create a buffer index.
8109 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
8110 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
8112 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
8113 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
8114 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
8115 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...)
8116 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
8118 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
8119 entries are not nested.
8121 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
8122 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
8123 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
8124 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
8126 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
8127 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
8129 The variable is buffer-local.
8131 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
8132 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
8133 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
8135 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
8136 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
8137 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
8138 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
8140 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
8142 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
8143 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
8145 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
8146 of the current buffer as an alist.
8148 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
8149 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
8150 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
8151 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
8152 if it is a sub-alist.
8154 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
8156 The variable is buffer-local.")
8158 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
8160 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
8161 Function for finding the next index position.
8163 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
8164 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
8165 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
8168 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
8169 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
8171 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8173 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
8175 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
8176 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
8178 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
8179 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
8180 It should return the name for that index item.
8182 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8184 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
8186 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
8187 Function to compare string with index item.
8189 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
8190 non-nil if they match.
8192 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
8193 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
8194 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
8197 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8199 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
8201 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
8202 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
8203 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
8205 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
8207 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
8209 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
8210 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
8211 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
8212 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
8214 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
8215 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
8217 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
8219 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
8220 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
8221 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
8222 for more information." t nil)
8226 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
8227 ;;;;;; (13898 16429))
8228 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
8230 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
8231 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
8232 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
8233 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
8234 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
8236 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
8237 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
8239 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
8240 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
8241 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
8242 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
8243 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
8244 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
8245 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
8246 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
8248 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
8249 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
8250 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
8251 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
8252 Inferior Lisp buffer.
8254 More precise choices:
8255 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
8256 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
8259 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
8261 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
8262 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
8264 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
8265 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
8266 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
8268 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
8269 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
8270 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
8271 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8272 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
8274 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
8278 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
8279 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node info-standalone info info-other-window)
8280 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (14544 60288))
8281 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
8283 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
8284 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
8285 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
8287 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
8288 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
8289 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
8290 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
8291 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
8292 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
8294 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
8295 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
8297 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
8298 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
8299 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
8301 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
8302 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
8303 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
8304 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
8306 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
8307 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
8308 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8309 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8310 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8312 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
8313 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
8314 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read.
8315 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8316 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8317 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8319 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
8320 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
8321 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
8325 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
8326 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
8327 ;;;;;; (14539 53666))
8328 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
8330 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
8331 Throw away all cached data.
8332 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
8333 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
8336 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
8337 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
8338 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
8339 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
8340 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8341 The default symbol is the one found at point.
8343 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
8345 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
8346 Display the documentation of a file.
8347 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
8348 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
8349 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8350 The default file name is the one found at point.
8352 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
8354 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
8355 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
8357 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
8358 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
8362 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
8363 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
8364 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
8366 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
8367 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
8369 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
8370 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
8371 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
8373 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
8374 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
8375 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
8377 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
8378 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
8379 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
8380 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
8382 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
8383 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
8384 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
8386 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
8387 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
8388 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
8389 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
8390 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
8394 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
8395 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
8396 ;;;;;; (13770 35556))
8397 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
8399 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
8400 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
8402 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
8403 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
8405 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
8409 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
8410 ;;;;;; (14388 10886))
8411 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
8413 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
8414 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
8415 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
8416 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
8417 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
8418 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
8420 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
8421 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
8423 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
8424 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
8425 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
8426 \"s gives German sharp s.
8427 /a gives a with ring.
8428 /e gives an a-e ligature.
8429 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
8430 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
8431 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
8433 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
8434 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
8438 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
8439 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
8440 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
8441 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14564 29908))
8442 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
8444 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
8445 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
8446 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8447 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8448 `format-alist')." t nil)
8450 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
8451 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
8452 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8453 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8454 `format-alist')." t nil)
8456 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
8457 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
8458 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8459 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8460 `format-alist')." t nil)
8462 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8463 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8464 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8465 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8466 `format-alist')." t nil)
8468 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8469 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8470 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8471 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8472 `format-alist')." t nil)
8474 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
8475 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
8476 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8477 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8478 `format-alist')." t nil)
8480 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
8481 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
8482 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8483 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8484 `format-alist')." t nil)
8486 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
8487 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
8488 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
8489 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8490 `format-alist')." t nil)
8492 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8493 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8494 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
8495 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8496 `format-alist')." t nil)
8498 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
8499 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
8501 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
8502 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
8504 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
8505 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
8509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
8510 ;;;;;; (14164 4477))
8511 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
8512 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
8513 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
8514 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
8518 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
8519 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
8520 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
8521 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
8522 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
8523 ;;;;;; (14457 51532))
8524 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
8526 (defconst ispell-xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
8527 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
8529 (defconst ispell-version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
8530 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
8532 (defconst ispell-version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
8533 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
8535 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
8536 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
8537 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
8538 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
8540 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
8541 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
8542 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
8544 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasiliano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
8546 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
8548 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
8550 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
8552 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
8554 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
8556 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
8557 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
8559 Each element of this list is also a list:
8561 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
8562 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
8564 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
8565 nil means the default dictionary.
8567 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
8570 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
8572 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
8573 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
8574 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
8575 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
8576 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
8577 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
8578 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
8579 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
8580 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
8582 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
8583 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
8586 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
8589 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
8590 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
8591 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
8592 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
8593 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
8594 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
8595 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
8596 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
8598 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
8600 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
8601 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
8602 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
8604 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
8605 Key map for ispell menu.")
8607 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
8608 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
8609 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
8610 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
8612 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not ispell-version18p) (not ispell-xemacsp) (quote reload)))
8614 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default"))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
8616 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote ("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote ("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote ("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote ("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote ("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag)))))
8618 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote ("Continue Check" . ispell-continue))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote ("Check Word" . ispell-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote ("Check Comments" . ispell-comments-and-strings))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote ("Check Region" . ispell-region))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote ("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer)))))
8620 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote ("Check Message" . ispell-message))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote ("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))))) (put (quote ispell-region) (quote menu-enable) (quote mark-active)) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
8622 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\
8623 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
8624 The alist key must be a regular expression.
8625 Valid forms include:
8626 (KEY) - just skip the key.
8627 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
8628 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
8629 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
8631 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
8632 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
8633 First list is used raw.
8634 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
8636 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
8637 for skipping in latex mode.")
8639 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
8641 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
8642 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
8643 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
8644 in a window allowing you to choose one.
8646 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
8647 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
8648 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
8649 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
8650 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
8652 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
8653 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
8655 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
8657 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
8658 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
8661 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
8662 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
8663 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
8664 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
8665 quit spell session exited." t nil)
8667 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
8668 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
8672 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
8673 SPC: Accept word this time.
8674 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
8675 `a': Accept word for this session.
8676 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
8677 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
8678 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
8679 `?': Show these commands.
8680 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
8681 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
8682 the aborted check to be completed later.
8683 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
8684 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
8685 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
8686 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
8687 `C-l': redraws screen
8688 `C-r': recursive edit
8689 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
8691 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
8692 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
8693 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
8695 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
8696 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
8697 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
8699 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
8701 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
8703 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
8704 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
8705 Return nil if spell session is quit,
8706 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
8708 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
8709 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
8711 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
8712 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
8714 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
8715 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
8717 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
8718 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
8719 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
8720 sequence inside of a word.
8722 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
8724 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
8725 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
8727 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
8728 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
8729 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
8731 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
8732 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
8734 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
8735 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
8737 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
8738 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
8739 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
8740 Don't check included messages.
8742 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
8743 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
8744 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
8746 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
8747 in your .emacs file:
8748 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
8749 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
8750 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
8751 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
8753 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
8754 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
8755 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
8759 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
8760 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
8761 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14482 55434))
8762 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
8764 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8765 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
8766 Return the name of a buffer selected.
8767 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
8768 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
8769 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
8771 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
8772 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
8773 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
8774 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
8776 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8777 Switch to another buffer.
8779 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
8780 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
8781 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
8783 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8785 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
8786 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
8787 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8788 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8790 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8791 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
8792 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8793 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8795 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
8796 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
8797 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8798 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8802 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
8803 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
8804 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal
8805 ;;;;;; setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el"
8806 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
8807 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
8809 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "\
8810 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Japanese." t nil)
8812 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
8814 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
8815 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
8816 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8817 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
8818 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
8819 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
8820 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
8821 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
8823 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
8824 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
8825 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8826 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
8828 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
8829 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
8830 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8831 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
8832 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
8834 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
8835 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
8836 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8837 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
8839 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
8840 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
8841 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
8842 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
8844 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
8845 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
8847 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
8848 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
8849 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
8850 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
8851 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
8853 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
8854 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
8855 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
8856 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
8857 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
8859 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
8860 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
8861 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
8865 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el"
8866 ;;;;;; (14571 7073))
8867 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
8869 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
8870 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
8871 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8872 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
8874 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
8877 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
8878 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
8879 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
8880 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
8881 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
8883 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
8884 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
8885 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
8886 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
8888 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
8889 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
8890 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
8891 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
8892 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
8893 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
8894 strings or comments span lines.
8896 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
8897 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
8898 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
8899 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice' and `jit-lock-stealth-lines'." t nil)
8901 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\
8902 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil)
8906 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el"
8907 ;;;;;; (14568 39747))
8908 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
8910 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
8911 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
8912 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8913 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
8915 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8917 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
8918 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg)
8920 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
8921 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
8922 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)."
8924 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p))
8926 (require 'jka-compr)
8927 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off.
8928 (toggle-auto-compression)))
8929 (toggle-auto-compression arg t))
8933 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
8934 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
8935 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
8937 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
8938 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
8939 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
8941 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
8942 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
8943 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
8944 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
8947 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
8948 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
8949 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
8953 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (13810
8955 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
8957 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
8958 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
8959 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
8960 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
8961 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
8962 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
8963 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
8967 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal setup-korean-environment)
8968 ;;;;;; "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (14293 47672))
8969 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
8971 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
8972 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
8973 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
8975 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment) "korea-util" "\
8976 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Korean." t nil)
8978 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
8982 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
8983 ;;;;;; (14256 23599))
8984 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
8986 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
8988 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
8989 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
8991 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
8993 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
8994 Start or resume an Lm game.
8995 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
8996 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
8998 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
8999 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9005 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
9006 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
9007 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
9011 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
9012 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string
9013 ;;;;;; setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el"
9014 ;;;;;; (14423 51007))
9015 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
9017 (autoload (quote setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "\
9018 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Lao." t nil)
9020 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
9022 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
9023 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
9024 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
9025 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
9026 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
9027 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
9029 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
9030 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
9032 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
9033 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
9035 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
9036 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
9037 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
9038 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
9041 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
9045 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
9046 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252))
9047 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
9049 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
9050 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
9051 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
9052 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
9054 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
9056 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
9058 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
9059 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
9060 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
9061 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
9062 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
9065 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
9066 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
9067 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
9068 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
9069 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
9071 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
9072 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
9073 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
9074 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
9075 slow to keep up with your typing.
9077 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
9078 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
9079 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
9080 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
9081 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
9082 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
9084 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
9085 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
9086 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
9087 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
9089 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
9090 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
9091 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
9092 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
9094 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
9095 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
9096 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
9097 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
9098 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
9100 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
9101 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
9105 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
9106 ;;;;;; (14280 10549))
9107 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
9109 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
9110 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
9112 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
9113 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
9115 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
9116 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
9118 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
9119 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
9120 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
9121 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
9122 for later transmission to Lisp job.
9123 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
9124 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
9125 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
9126 and transmit saved text.
9128 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
9129 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
9131 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
9135 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
9136 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
9138 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
9139 Run Conway's Life simulation.
9140 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
9141 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
9142 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
9146 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (13935
9148 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
9150 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
9151 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
9152 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
9153 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
9157 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
9158 ;;;;;; (14563 8348))
9159 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
9161 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
9162 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
9163 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
9165 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
9166 Run the locate command with a filter.
9168 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
9169 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
9173 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14559 17354))
9174 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
9176 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
9177 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
9178 The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
9179 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
9180 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
9181 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
9182 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
9183 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit." nil nil)
9187 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14552
9189 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
9191 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
9192 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
9196 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
9197 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14563
9199 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
9201 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
9202 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
9203 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
9205 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
9206 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
9208 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
9209 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
9210 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
9211 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
9212 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
9213 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
9214 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
9216 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
9217 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
9218 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
9219 switch on this list.
9220 See `lpr-command'.")
9222 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
9223 *Name of program for printing a file.
9225 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
9226 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
9227 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
9228 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
9229 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
9230 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
9233 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
9234 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
9235 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9236 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9238 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
9239 Paginate and print buffer contents.
9241 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9242 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9243 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9244 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9246 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9247 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9249 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9250 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9252 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
9253 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
9254 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9255 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9257 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
9258 Paginate and print the region contents.
9260 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9261 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9262 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9263 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9265 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9266 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9268 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9269 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316))
9274 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
9276 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
9277 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
9278 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
9279 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
9284 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
9286 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
9288 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
9289 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
9290 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9292 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9296 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962
9298 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
9300 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
9301 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
9307 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
9308 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
9309 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
9311 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9312 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
9313 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
9314 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
9315 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
9317 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9318 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
9319 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
9320 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
9322 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
9323 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
9324 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
9325 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
9328 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
9329 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
9331 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
9332 Query user during kbd macro execution.
9333 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
9334 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
9335 each time the macro executes.
9336 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
9337 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
9338 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
9339 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
9340 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
9341 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
9342 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
9344 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
9345 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
9346 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
9348 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
9349 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
9350 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
9353 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
9354 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
9356 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
9357 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
9358 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
9359 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
9360 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
9362 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
9365 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
9366 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
9367 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
9369 You could enter the names in this format:
9375 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
9378 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
9381 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
9382 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
9384 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
9388 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
9389 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
9390 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
9392 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
9393 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
9394 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
9395 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
9397 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
9398 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
9399 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
9400 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
9401 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
9403 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
9404 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
9405 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
9406 consing a string.)" nil nil)
9408 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
9409 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
9413 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
9414 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
9415 ;;;;;; (14075 51598))
9416 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
9418 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
9419 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
9421 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
9423 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
9424 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
9426 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
9427 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
9428 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
9431 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
9435 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
9436 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
9437 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14501
9439 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
9441 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
9442 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
9443 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
9444 often correct parser.")
9446 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
9448 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
9449 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
9450 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9451 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
9453 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
9454 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
9455 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9456 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
9458 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
9459 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
9460 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9461 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
9463 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
9464 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
9465 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
9466 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
9467 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
9468 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
9472 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
9473 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14495 18025))
9474 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
9476 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
9477 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
9479 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
9480 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
9481 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
9483 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
9484 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
9485 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
9489 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
9490 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
9492 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
9494 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
9495 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
9496 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
9498 If `parens', they look like:
9499 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
9500 If `angles', they look like:
9501 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
9503 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
9504 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
9505 If interactive, expand in header fields.
9506 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
9507 their `Resent-' variants.
9509 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
9510 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
9512 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
9513 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
9514 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
9516 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
9517 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
9518 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
9519 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
9521 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
9522 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
9523 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
9524 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
9528 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
9529 ;;;;;; (14570 19448))
9530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
9532 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
9533 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
9534 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
9536 \\{makefile-mode-map}
9538 In the browser, use the following keys:
9540 \\{makefile-browser-map}
9542 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
9544 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
9545 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
9547 makefile-target-colon:
9548 The string that gets appended to all target names
9549 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
9550 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
9552 makefile-macro-assign:
9553 The string that gets appended to all macro names
9554 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
9555 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
9556 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
9557 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
9558 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
9560 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
9561 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
9562 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
9564 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
9565 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
9567 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
9568 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
9569 up or down in the browser.
9571 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
9572 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
9574 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
9575 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
9577 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
9578 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
9579 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
9580 has been selected in the browser.
9582 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
9583 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
9584 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
9585 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
9586 filenames are omitted.
9588 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
9589 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
9590 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
9591 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
9592 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
9593 the backslash itself intact.
9594 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
9595 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
9597 makefile-browser-hook:
9598 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
9599 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
9601 makefile-special-targets-list:
9602 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
9603 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
9604 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
9608 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
9610 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
9612 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
9613 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
9614 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
9618 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14570 21850))
9619 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
9621 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
9623 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
9624 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
9625 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
9626 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
9627 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
9628 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
9629 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil)
9631 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
9632 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
9636 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
9637 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
9638 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
9639 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
9640 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
9641 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
9642 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
9643 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
9644 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49419))
9645 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
9647 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
9648 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
9650 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
9652 If `parens', they look like:
9653 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
9654 If `angles', they look like:
9655 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
9657 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
9658 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
9660 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
9661 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
9663 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
9664 *Local news organization file.")
9666 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
9667 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
9668 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
9669 variable `mail-header-separator'.
9671 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
9672 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
9673 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
9675 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
9676 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
9678 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
9679 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
9680 nil means use indentation.")
9682 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
9683 *Function for citing an original message.
9684 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
9685 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
9686 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
9688 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
9689 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
9690 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
9691 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
9692 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
9694 (defvar message-signature t "\
9695 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
9696 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
9697 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
9698 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
9700 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
9701 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
9703 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil))
9705 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
9706 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
9707 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
9708 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
9709 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
9710 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
9711 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
9712 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
9713 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
9714 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
9715 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
9716 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
9717 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
9718 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
9719 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
9720 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
9721 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
9722 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
9723 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
9724 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
9725 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
9727 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
9728 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
9729 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
9731 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
9732 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9734 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
9735 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
9737 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
9738 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
9740 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
9741 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
9742 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
9744 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
9745 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
9747 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
9748 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
9749 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
9750 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
9752 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
9753 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
9755 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
9756 Forward the current message via mail.
9757 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
9759 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
9760 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
9762 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
9763 Re-mail the current message.
9764 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
9765 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
9768 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
9769 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
9771 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
9772 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
9774 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
9775 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9777 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
9778 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9780 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
9781 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
9782 Works by overstriking characters.
9783 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
9784 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
9786 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
9787 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
9788 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
9789 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
9793 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
9794 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
9795 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
9797 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
9798 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
9802 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
9803 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
9805 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
9806 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
9810 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
9811 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
9815 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
9816 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
9817 ;;;;;; (14345 52966))
9818 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
9820 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
9821 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
9822 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
9824 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
9825 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
9826 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9827 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9828 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9829 redisplayed as output is inserted.
9830 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
9832 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
9833 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
9834 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9835 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9836 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
9838 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9839 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
9841 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
9842 Process current region through 'metamail'.
9843 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9844 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9845 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
9847 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9848 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
9852 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
9853 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14460 38678))
9854 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
9856 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
9857 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
9858 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9859 to the MH mail system.
9861 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
9863 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
9864 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
9865 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9866 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
9867 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
9868 that want to create a mail buffer.
9869 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
9871 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
9872 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
9873 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9874 to the MH mail system.
9876 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
9878 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
9879 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
9880 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
9881 using the MH mail handling system.
9882 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
9885 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
9887 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
9889 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
9890 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
9893 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
9894 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
9895 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
9896 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
9897 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
9899 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
9900 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
9901 inserted in a draft letter.
9903 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
9904 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
9906 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
9910 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14532
9912 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
9914 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
9915 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
9916 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9917 to the MH mail system." t nil)
9919 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
9920 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
9924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
9925 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
9927 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
9928 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
9932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14457 61243))
9933 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
9935 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9937 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9939 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9941 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9945 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
9946 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 10445))
9947 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
9949 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
9950 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
9951 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
9952 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
9953 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
9954 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
9955 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
9956 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
9957 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
9958 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
9959 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
9961 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
9962 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
9963 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
9964 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
9968 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
9969 ;;;;;; (12536 45574))
9970 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
9972 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
9973 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
9977 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
9978 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
9979 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
9981 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
9982 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
9983 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
9984 followed by the first character of the construct.
9986 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
9987 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
9988 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
9989 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
9990 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
9991 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
9992 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
9993 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
9994 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
9995 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
9996 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
9997 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
9998 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
10001 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
10002 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
10003 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
10007 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118
10009 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
10011 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
10012 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
10013 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10014 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
10016 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
10018 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
10020 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
10022 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
10023 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
10024 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
10025 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
10026 Triple-clicking selects lines.
10027 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
10029 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
10030 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection
10031 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function
10032 and interprogram-paste-function to nil.
10034 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
10035 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
10037 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
10038 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
10040 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
10042 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
10043 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
10044 primary selection and region." t nil)
10048 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
10049 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
10051 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
10052 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
10056 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14555 52300))
10057 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
10059 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
10061 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10062 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
10064 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10066 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
10068 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
10070 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10071 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
10072 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
10076 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
10077 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
10078 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
10079 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets)
10080 ;;;;;; "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (14551 28679))
10081 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
10083 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
10084 Display a list of all character sets.
10086 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
10087 for internal Emacs use.
10089 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
10090 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
10091 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
10092 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
10093 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
10095 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
10096 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
10097 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
10098 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
10100 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10101 but still shows the full information." t nil)
10103 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
10104 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10105 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
10106 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
10107 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
10109 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
10110 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
10111 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
10112 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
10113 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
10115 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
10116 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
10118 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10119 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
10121 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
10122 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
10124 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
10125 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
10126 at the place of `..':
10127 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer)
10128 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer)
10129 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
10130 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system)
10131 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system.
10132 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system)
10133 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10134 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10135 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10136 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10137 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
10138 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system
10139 `default-process-coding-system' for read
10140 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read
10141 `default-process-coding-system' for write
10142 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil)
10144 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10145 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
10147 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
10148 Display a list of all coding systems.
10149 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
10151 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10152 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
10154 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
10155 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
10157 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
10158 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
10160 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
10161 Display information of FONTSET.
10162 This shows the name, size, and style of FONTSET, and the list of fonts
10163 contained in FONTSET.
10165 The column WDxHT contains width and height (pixels) of each fontset
10166 \(i.e. those of ASCII font in the fontset). The letter `-' in this
10167 column means that the corresponding fontset is not yet used in any
10170 The O column for each font contains one of the following letters:
10171 o -- font already opened
10172 - -- font not yet opened
10173 x -- font can't be opened
10174 ? -- no font specified
10176 The Charset column for each font contains a name of character set
10177 displayed (for this fontset) using that font." t nil)
10179 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
10180 Display a list of all fontsets.
10181 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
10182 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
10183 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
10185 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
10186 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
10188 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
10189 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
10191 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
10192 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
10193 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
10194 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
10196 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
10197 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
10198 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10200 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
10201 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
10202 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10206 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
10207 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
10208 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
10209 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
10210 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
10211 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
10212 ;;;;;; (14568 36382))
10213 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
10215 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
10216 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
10217 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
10219 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
10220 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
10222 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
10223 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
10225 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
10226 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
10228 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
10229 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
10230 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
10231 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
10232 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
10234 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
10235 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
10236 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
10237 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
10238 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
10240 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
10241 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
10243 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
10245 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
10246 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
10248 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
10249 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
10250 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
10252 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
10253 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
10254 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
10256 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10257 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
10258 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
10260 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
10261 longer than KEYSEQ.
10262 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
10264 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10265 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
10266 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
10267 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
10268 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
10269 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
10270 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
10271 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
10272 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
10273 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
10274 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
10276 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
10277 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
10279 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10280 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
10282 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10283 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
10285 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
10286 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
10288 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
10289 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
10291 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
10292 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
10293 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
10294 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
10296 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
10297 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
10298 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
10299 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
10301 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
10302 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
10303 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
10304 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
10308 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 51930))
10309 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
10311 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
10312 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
10316 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
10317 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
10318 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
10319 ;;;;;; (14564 29931))
10320 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
10322 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
10323 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
10325 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
10327 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
10328 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
10330 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
10331 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
10333 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
10335 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
10336 Run netstat program." t nil)
10338 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
10339 Run the arp program." t nil)
10341 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
10342 Run the route program." t nil)
10344 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
10345 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
10347 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
10348 Run nslookup program." t nil)
10350 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
10351 Run dig program." t nil)
10353 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
10354 Run ftp program." t nil)
10356 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
10357 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
10359 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
10360 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
10361 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
10362 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
10364 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
10366 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
10367 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
10369 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
10370 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
10374 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030
10376 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
10378 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
10379 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
10380 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
10381 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
10382 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
10383 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
10387 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
10388 ;;;;;; (14030 49439))
10389 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
10391 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
10392 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
10396 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
10397 ;;;;;; (14030 49445))
10398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
10400 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
10401 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
10402 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
10406 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
10407 ;;;;;; (14030 49457))
10408 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
10410 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
10411 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
10415 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
10416 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539))
10417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
10419 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
10420 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
10422 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
10423 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
10425 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
10426 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
10430 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
10431 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
10432 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
10434 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
10435 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
10436 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
10438 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
10440 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
10441 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
10442 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
10443 to future sessions." t nil)
10445 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
10446 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
10447 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
10448 to future sessions." t nil)
10452 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
10453 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
10454 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
10456 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
10457 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
10459 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
10460 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
10461 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
10465 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
10466 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
10467 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
10469 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
10470 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
10471 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
10472 specified by `octave-help-files'.
10473 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
10477 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
10478 ;;;;;; (14302 32388))
10479 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
10481 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
10482 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
10483 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
10485 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
10487 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
10488 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
10490 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
10491 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
10492 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
10494 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
10498 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
10499 ;;;;;; (14535 42068))
10500 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
10502 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
10503 Major mode for editing Octave code.
10505 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
10506 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
10507 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
10508 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
10510 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
10511 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
10512 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
10513 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
10514 is why you need this mode!).
10516 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
10517 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
10518 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
10520 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
10525 \\{octave-mode-map}
10527 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
10528 ==============================================
10531 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
10534 octave-auto-newline
10535 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
10538 octave-blink-matching-block
10539 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
10540 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
10542 octave-block-offset
10543 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
10546 octave-continuation-offset
10547 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
10550 octave-continuation-string
10551 String used for Octave continuation lines.
10552 Default is a backslash.
10554 octave-mode-startup-message
10555 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
10558 octave-send-echo-input
10559 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
10560 command to the inferior Octave process.
10562 octave-send-line-auto-forward
10563 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
10564 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
10566 octave-send-echo-input
10567 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
10569 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
10571 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
10572 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
10574 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
10575 (setq auto-mode-alist
10576 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
10578 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
10579 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
10581 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
10585 (if (eq window-system 'x)
10586 (font-lock-mode 1))))
10588 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
10589 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
10590 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
10591 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
10595 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
10596 ;;;;;; (14045 29847))
10597 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
10599 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
10600 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
10602 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
10603 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
10604 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
10605 in which there are commands to set the option values.
10606 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
10608 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
10612 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
10613 ;;;;;; (14495 18064))
10614 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
10616 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
10617 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
10618 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
10619 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
10621 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
10622 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
10623 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
10624 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
10626 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
10627 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
10628 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
10629 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
10630 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
10631 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
10633 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
10634 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
10636 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
10637 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
10638 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
10639 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
10640 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
10641 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
10642 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
10643 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
10644 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
10645 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
10646 The subheadings remain visible.
10647 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
10649 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
10650 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
10651 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
10653 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
10654 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
10656 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
10657 Toggle Outline minor mode.
10658 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10659 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
10663 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el"
10664 ;;;;;; (14316 49544))
10665 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
10667 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
10668 *Toggle Show Paren mode.
10669 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
10670 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
10671 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10672 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
10674 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10676 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
10678 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
10679 Toggle Show Paren mode.
10680 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10681 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
10683 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
10684 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
10688 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14507
10690 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
10692 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
10693 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
10694 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
10696 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
10697 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
10699 Other useful functions are:
10701 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
10702 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
10703 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
10704 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
10705 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
10706 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
10707 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
10708 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
10709 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
10711 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
10713 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
10714 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
10715 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
10716 Indentation for case statements.
10717 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
10718 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
10720 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
10721 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
10722 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
10723 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
10724 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
10725 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
10726 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
10727 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
10728 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
10729 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
10731 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
10732 pascal-separator-keywords.
10734 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
10735 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
10739 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
10740 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
10741 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
10743 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
10744 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
10745 The keys affected are:
10746 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
10747 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
10748 M-Backspace does undo.
10749 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
10750 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
10751 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
10755 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
10756 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34216))
10757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
10759 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
10760 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
10762 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
10764 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
10765 which modify the status of the mark.
10767 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
10768 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
10770 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
10771 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
10773 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
10774 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
10775 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
10776 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
10777 turning pc-selection-mode on.
10779 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
10780 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
10782 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
10783 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
10784 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
10786 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
10787 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
10788 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
10790 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
10791 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
10793 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
10794 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
10795 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
10797 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
10798 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
10799 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
10805 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
10806 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
10807 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
10809 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
10810 Toggle PC Selection mode.
10811 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
10812 and cursor movement commands.
10813 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
10814 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
10816 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10818 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
10822 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-status cvs-update cvs-examine
10823 ;;;;;; cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "pcvs.el" (14552 48942))
10824 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
10826 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
10827 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
10828 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
10829 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10831 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
10833 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
10834 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
10835 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
10836 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10837 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
10838 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
10839 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
10840 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
10842 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
10843 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
10844 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10845 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
10846 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
10847 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
10849 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
10850 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
10851 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10852 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
10853 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
10854 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
10855 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
10857 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
10859 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
10860 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
10861 NIL means never do it.
10862 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
10863 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
10864 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
10866 (progn (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.\nThe exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (cvs-examine (file-name-directory dir) t t))))))
10870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14552 48685))
10871 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
10873 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
10877 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
10878 ;;;;;; (13639 61036))
10879 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
10881 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
10882 Major mode for editing Perl code.
10883 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
10884 Tab indents for Perl code.
10885 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
10886 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
10887 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
10889 Variables controlling indentation style:
10890 perl-tab-always-indent
10891 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
10892 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
10893 perl-tab-to-comment
10894 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
10895 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
10896 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
10898 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
10900 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
10901 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
10902 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
10903 perl-continued-statement-offset
10904 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
10905 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
10906 perl-continued-brace-offset
10907 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
10908 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
10910 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
10911 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
10912 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
10913 this far to the right of the start of its line.
10915 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
10917 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
10918 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
10919 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
10920 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
10921 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
10922 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
10923 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
10925 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
10929 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
10930 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
10931 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
10933 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
10934 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
10935 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
10936 afterwards settable by these commands:
10937 C-c < Move left after insertion.
10938 C-c > Move right after insertion.
10939 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
10940 C-c . Move down after insertion.
10941 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
10942 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
10943 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
10944 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
10945 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
10946 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
10947 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
10948 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
10949 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
10950 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
10951 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
10952 with these commands:
10953 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
10954 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
10955 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
10956 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
10957 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
10958 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
10959 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
10960 Return Move to beginning of next line.
10961 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
10962 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
10963 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
10964 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
10965 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
10966 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
10967 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
10968 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
10969 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
10970 You can manipulate text with these commands:
10971 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
10972 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
10973 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
10974 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
10975 text is saved in the kill ring.
10976 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
10977 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
10978 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
10979 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
10980 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
10981 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
10982 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
10983 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
10984 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
10985 commands if invoked soon enough.
10986 You can return to the previous mode with:
10987 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
10988 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
10990 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
10992 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
10993 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
10995 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
10999 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14453 55473))
11000 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
11002 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
11003 Play pong and waste time.
11004 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
11005 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
11007 pong-mode keybindings:
11010 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
11014 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
11015 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
11016 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
11018 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
11019 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
11020 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
11021 can handle, whenever this is possible.
11022 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
11024 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
11025 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
11026 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
11027 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
11028 in the variable `values'." t nil)
11030 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
11031 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
11032 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
11033 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
11037 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
11038 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
11039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
11041 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
11042 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
11043 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
11045 \\{prolog-mode-map}
11046 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
11047 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
11049 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
11050 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
11054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
11055 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
11057 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
11058 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
11059 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
11063 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380
11065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
11067 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
11068 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
11070 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
11072 The following variables hold user options, and can
11073 be set through the `customize' command:
11075 ps-mode-auto-indent
11078 ps-mode-print-function
11080 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
11084 ps-run-error-line-numbers
11087 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
11093 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
11094 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
11095 The keymap for this second window is:
11097 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
11100 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
11101 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
11102 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
11103 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
11104 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
11109 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
11110 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
11111 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
11112 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14454 81))
11113 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
11115 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
11116 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
11120 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
11121 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
11122 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
11123 changed by setting the variable
11124 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
11125 The initial value of this variable is
11126 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
11129 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
11130 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
11131 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
11132 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
11133 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
11134 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
11137 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
11138 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
11139 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
11140 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
11141 source file. BDF fonts are included in
11142 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
11143 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
11144 use this value, be sure to have installed
11145 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
11146 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
11147 documentation of this variable).
11149 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
11150 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
11151 characters. This is convenient when you want or
11152 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
11153 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
11154 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
11156 Any other value is treated as nil.")
11158 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
11159 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
11160 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
11162 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
11164 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
11165 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
11167 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
11169 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
11173 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
11175 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
11176 the sequence." nil nil)
11178 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
11179 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
11181 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
11184 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
11188 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
11190 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
11191 the sequence." nil nil)
11193 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
11194 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
11196 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
11197 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
11198 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
11200 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
11204 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
11205 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
11206 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
11207 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
11208 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
11209 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14563 18761))
11210 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
11212 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
11213 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
11214 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
11215 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
11217 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
11218 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
11220 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11221 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
11223 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
11224 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
11225 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
11227 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
11228 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
11229 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
11231 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11232 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
11233 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
11234 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11235 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
11237 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
11238 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
11239 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
11241 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11242 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
11243 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
11244 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11245 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
11247 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11248 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
11249 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
11250 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
11252 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11254 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11255 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
11256 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
11257 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11258 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
11260 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11262 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
11263 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
11264 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
11266 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11268 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11269 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
11270 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
11271 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11272 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
11274 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11276 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
11277 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
11279 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
11280 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
11281 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
11283 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
11284 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
11285 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
11287 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
11288 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
11289 using the current ps-print setup.
11290 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
11291 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
11293 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11294 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
11295 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
11297 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
11298 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
11299 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
11301 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
11302 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
11304 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
11305 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
11307 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
11308 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
11310 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
11312 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
11314 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
11315 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
11317 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
11318 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
11320 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
11322 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
11324 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
11326 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
11327 foreground and background colors respectively.
11329 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
11330 bold - use bold font.
11331 italic - use italic font.
11332 underline - put a line under text.
11333 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
11334 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
11335 shadow - text will have a shadow.
11336 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
11337 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
11339 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
11343 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
11344 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout
11345 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
11346 ;;;;;; (14551 28773))
11347 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
11349 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
11350 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
11351 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
11353 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
11354 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
11355 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
11356 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
11357 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
11358 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
11359 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
11361 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
11362 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
11363 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
11364 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
11365 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
11367 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
11369 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.
11371 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
11372 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
11373 command to be called.
11375 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
11376 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
11377 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
11378 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
11380 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
11381 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
11382 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
11383 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
11384 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
11387 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
11388 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
11389 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
11390 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
11392 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
11393 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
11394 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
11395 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
11397 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
11398 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
11399 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
11400 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
11401 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
11402 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
11404 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
11405 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
11406 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
11407 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
11408 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
11409 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
11411 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
11412 covers Quail translation region.
11414 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
11415 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
11416 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
11417 for it) is inserted.
11419 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
11420 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
11421 vs. corresponding command to be called.
11423 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
11424 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
11425 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
11427 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
11428 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
11430 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
11431 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
11432 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
11433 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
11434 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
11436 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
11437 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
11438 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
11439 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
11440 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
11441 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
11442 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
11443 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
11444 for the translation.
11445 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
11447 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
11448 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro))
11450 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
11451 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
11453 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
11454 which to install MAP.
11456 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
11458 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
11459 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
11460 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
11461 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
11462 a function, or a cons.
11463 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
11464 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
11465 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
11466 for the translation.
11467 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
11468 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
11469 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
11470 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
11471 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
11473 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
11474 it is used to handle KEY.
11476 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
11477 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
11478 current Quail package.
11480 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
11481 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
11483 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
11484 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil)
11486 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
11487 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
11488 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
11489 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
11490 of the Emacs source tree.
11492 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
11493 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
11495 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
11496 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
11497 of each directory." t nil)
11501 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
11502 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
11503 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14554
11505 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
11507 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
11508 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
11509 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
11510 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
11512 To make use of this do something like:
11514 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
11516 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
11518 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
11520 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
11521 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
11523 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
11524 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
11526 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
11527 is decided." t nil)
11529 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
11531 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
11532 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
11534 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
11535 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
11537 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
11538 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
11540 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
11542 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
11544 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
11545 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
11549 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (13149
11551 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
11553 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
11554 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
11555 See \\[compile]." t nil)
11559 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
11560 ;;;;;; (14539 41135))
11561 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
11563 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
11564 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
11568 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-open-more-files recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list
11569 ;;;;;; recentf-save-list recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (14539
11571 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
11573 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
11574 Toggle recentf mode.
11575 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11576 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on).
11578 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
11579 were operated on recently." t nil)
11581 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
11582 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
11584 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
11585 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
11587 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
11588 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
11590 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
11591 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
11595 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
11596 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
11597 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
11598 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14537
11600 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
11602 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
11603 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
11604 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
11607 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
11608 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
11610 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
11611 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
11612 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
11613 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
11616 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11617 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
11618 to be deleted." t nil)
11620 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
11621 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
11622 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
11624 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11625 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
11628 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
11629 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
11630 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
11632 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
11633 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
11635 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11636 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
11638 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
11641 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
11642 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
11644 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
11645 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
11646 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
11647 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
11648 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
11649 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
11650 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
11652 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
11653 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
11655 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
11656 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
11658 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11659 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
11660 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
11661 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
11663 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
11664 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
11665 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
11666 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
11667 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
11669 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11670 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
11672 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
11673 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
11675 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11676 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
11677 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
11679 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
11680 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
11682 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
11683 Blank out the region-rectangle.
11684 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
11686 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11687 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
11688 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
11692 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
11693 ;;;;;; (14495 18077))
11694 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
11696 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
11697 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
11699 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
11700 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
11702 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
11703 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
11705 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
11706 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
11707 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
11710 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
11711 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
11712 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
11714 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
11715 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
11716 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
11718 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
11719 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
11721 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
11722 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
11724 \\{reftex-mode-map}
11725 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
11728 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
11732 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
11733 ;;;;;; (14495 18066))
11734 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
11736 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
11737 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
11738 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
11739 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
11740 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
11741 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
11743 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
11745 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
11747 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
11748 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
11749 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
11750 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
11752 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
11753 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
11754 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
11755 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
11759 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
11760 ;;;;;; (14495 18068))
11761 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
11763 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
11764 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
11765 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
11767 To insert new phrases, use
11768 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
11769 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
11771 To index phrases use one of:
11773 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
11774 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
11775 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
11776 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
11777 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
11779 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
11780 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
11782 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
11784 Here are all local bindings.
11786 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
11790 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
11791 ;;;;;; (14564 29908))
11792 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
11794 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
11795 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
11796 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
11797 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
11798 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
11799 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
11801 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
11802 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))" nil nil)
11804 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
11805 Return the depth of REGEXP.
11806 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
11807 in REGEXP." nil nil)
11811 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
11812 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
11814 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
11815 Repeat most recently executed command.
11816 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
11817 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
11818 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
11820 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
11821 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
11822 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
11826 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
11827 ;;;;;; (14356 24412))
11828 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
11830 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
11831 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
11833 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
11834 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
11835 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
11837 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
11838 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
11839 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
11840 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
11841 left after that text.
11843 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
11846 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
11847 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
11848 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
11849 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
11853 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
11854 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
11855 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
11857 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
11858 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
11859 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
11860 visibility of comments that precede it.
11861 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
11862 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
11863 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
11864 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
11865 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
11866 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
11867 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
11868 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
11870 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
11871 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
11872 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
11873 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
11874 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
11875 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
11879 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
11881 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
11883 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
11884 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
11888 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
11889 ;;;;;; (14283 6810))
11890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
11892 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
11893 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
11895 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
11896 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
11900 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
11901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
11902 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
11904 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
11905 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
11906 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
11907 other arguments for `rlogin'.
11909 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
11911 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
11912 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
11913 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
11914 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
11916 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
11917 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
11919 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
11920 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
11922 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
11923 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
11926 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
11927 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
11928 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
11929 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
11930 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
11932 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
11933 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
11934 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
11935 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
11937 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
11938 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
11943 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
11944 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-confirm-expunge rmail-secondary-file-regexp
11945 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list
11946 ;;;;;; rmail-delete-after-output rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers
11947 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
11948 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14555
11950 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
11952 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
11953 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
11954 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
11955 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
11957 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
11958 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
11959 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
11960 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
11961 value is the user's name.)
11962 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
11964 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
11965 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
11966 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
11967 which normally happens once for each message,
11968 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
11969 To make a change in this variable take effect
11970 for a message that you have already viewed,
11971 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
11973 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
11974 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
11975 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
11976 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
11978 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
11979 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
11981 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
11982 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
11983 A value of nil means don't highlight.
11984 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
11986 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
11987 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
11989 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
11990 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
11992 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
11993 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
11994 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
11995 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
11996 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
11998 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
11999 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
12001 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
12002 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
12004 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
12005 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
12007 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote yes-or-no-p) "\
12008 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
12010 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
12011 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
12013 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
12014 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
12016 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
12017 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
12019 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
12020 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
12022 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
12023 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
12024 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
12025 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
12027 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
12028 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
12030 This is set to nil by default.")
12032 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
12033 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
12034 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
12035 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
12036 until a user explicitly requires it.")
12038 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
12039 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
12041 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
12042 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
12043 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
12044 this feature is required with `require'.")
12046 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
12047 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
12048 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
12049 the message is decoded as normal way.
12051 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
12052 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
12053 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
12055 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
12056 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
12057 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
12059 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
12060 Read and edit incoming mail.
12061 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
12062 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
12063 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
12065 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
12066 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
12067 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
12068 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
12070 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
12072 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
12073 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
12074 All normal editing commands are turned off.
12075 Instead, these commands are available:
12077 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
12078 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
12079 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
12080 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
12081 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
12082 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
12083 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
12084 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
12085 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
12086 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
12087 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
12088 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
12089 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
12090 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
12091 till a deleted message is found.
12092 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
12093 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
12094 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
12095 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
12096 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
12097 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
12098 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
12099 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
12100 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
12101 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
12102 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
12103 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
12104 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
12105 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
12106 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
12107 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
12108 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
12109 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
12110 (label defaults to last one specified).
12111 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
12112 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
12113 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
12114 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
12115 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
12116 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
12117 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
12118 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
12119 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
12121 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
12122 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
12124 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
12125 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
12129 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
12130 ;;;;;; (14387 64145))
12131 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
12133 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
12134 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
12138 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
12139 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
12140 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
12141 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
12143 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
12144 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
12145 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
12147 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
12148 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
12149 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
12151 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
12153 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
12154 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
12155 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
12156 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
12157 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
12159 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
12160 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
12161 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
12162 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
12163 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
12167 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
12168 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
12169 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
12171 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
12172 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
12173 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
12174 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
12178 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
12179 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
12180 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14179 6393))
12181 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
12183 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
12184 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
12185 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
12186 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
12187 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
12188 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
12189 a file name as a string.")
12191 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
12192 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
12193 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
12194 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
12195 buffer visiting that file.
12196 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
12197 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
12199 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
12200 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
12202 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
12203 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count." t nil)
12205 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
12206 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
12208 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
12209 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
12210 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
12211 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
12212 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
12214 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
12215 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
12216 will be appended with their original headers.
12218 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
12219 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
12221 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
12222 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
12224 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
12226 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
12227 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
12228 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
12232 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
12233 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
12234 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
12236 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
12238 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
12239 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
12240 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12242 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
12243 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
12244 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12246 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
12247 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
12248 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12250 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
12251 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
12252 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12254 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
12255 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
12256 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12258 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
12259 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
12260 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12262 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
12263 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
12264 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
12265 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
12269 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
12270 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
12271 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
12272 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
12273 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14568 47126))
12274 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
12276 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
12277 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
12279 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
12280 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
12282 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
12283 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
12285 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
12286 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
12287 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
12289 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
12290 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
12291 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
12292 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
12293 only look in the To and From fields.
12294 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
12296 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
12297 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
12298 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
12299 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
12300 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
12302 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
12303 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
12304 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
12305 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
12306 look in the whole message.
12307 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
12309 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
12310 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
12311 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
12313 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
12314 *Function to decode summary-line.
12316 By default, `identity' is set.")
12318 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
12319 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
12320 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
12321 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
12322 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
12323 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
12324 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
12326 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
12327 sent by you under different user names.
12328 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
12330 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
12334 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
12335 ;;;;;; (14263 36299))
12336 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
12338 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
12339 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
12340 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
12341 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
12345 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
12346 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
12347 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
12349 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
12350 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
12351 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
12353 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
12354 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
12358 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
12359 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
12360 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
12361 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
12362 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
12364 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
12365 *This variable is obsolete.")
12367 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12369 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
12371 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
12372 *This variable is obsolete.")
12374 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
12375 *This variable is obsolete.")
12377 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
12378 *This variable is obsolete.")
12380 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
12381 *This variable is obsolete.")
12383 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
12384 *This variable is obsolete.")
12386 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
12387 This function is obsolete." t nil)
12391 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
12392 ;;;;;; (14432 37919))
12393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
12395 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
12396 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
12397 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
12399 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
12400 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
12401 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
12402 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
12403 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
12404 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
12407 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12408 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
12409 \\{scheme-mode-map}
12410 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
12411 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12413 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
12414 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
12415 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
12418 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12419 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
12420 \\{scheme-mode-map}
12421 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
12422 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
12423 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
12427 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
12428 ;;;;;; (14030 49477))
12429 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
12431 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
12432 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
12433 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
12435 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
12439 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
12441 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
12443 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
12444 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
12445 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
12446 \\{scribe-mode-map}
12448 Interesting variables:
12450 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
12451 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
12453 scribe-electric-quote
12454 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
12456 scribe-electric-parenthesis
12457 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
12458 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
12462 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
12463 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
12464 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
12465 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
12466 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14532 62968))
12467 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
12469 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
12470 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
12472 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
12474 If `parens', they look like:
12475 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
12476 If `angles', they look like:
12477 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
12478 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
12479 derived from the envelope-from address.
12481 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
12482 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
12483 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
12484 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
12486 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from t "\
12487 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
12488 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
12490 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
12491 is a privileged operation.")
12493 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
12494 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
12495 This is done when the message is initialized,
12496 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
12498 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
12499 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
12500 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
12502 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
12503 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
12505 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
12506 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
12507 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
12508 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
12510 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
12511 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
12513 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
12514 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
12515 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
12517 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
12518 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
12519 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
12520 when you first send mail.")
12522 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
12523 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
12524 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
12525 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
12526 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
12528 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
12529 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
12530 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
12531 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
12532 This file need not actually exist.")
12534 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
12535 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
12536 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
12537 If a string, that string is inserted.
12538 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
12539 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
12540 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
12541 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
12543 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
12544 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
12545 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
12546 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
12547 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
12548 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
12549 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
12550 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
12551 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
12552 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
12553 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
12554 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
12555 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
12557 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
12558 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
12559 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12560 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
12561 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
12562 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
12564 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
12565 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
12566 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
12568 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
12569 User should not set this variable manually,
12570 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
12571 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
12572 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
12573 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
12575 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
12576 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
12577 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
12578 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
12580 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
12581 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
12584 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
12586 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
12587 to move to message header fields:
12590 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
12591 when the message is initialized.
12593 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
12594 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
12596 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
12599 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
12600 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
12602 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
12603 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
12605 The second through fifth arguments,
12606 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
12607 the initial contents of those header fields.
12608 These arguments should not have final newlines.
12609 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
12610 original message being replied to, or else an action
12611 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
12612 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
12613 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
12614 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
12615 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
12616 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
12618 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
12619 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
12621 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
12622 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
12626 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14263 33343))
12627 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
12629 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
12630 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
12631 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
12632 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
12633 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
12634 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
12636 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
12640 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
12641 ;;;;;; (14501 37288))
12642 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
12644 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
12645 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
12646 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
12647 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
12650 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
12651 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
12652 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
12654 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
12655 your `.emacs' file.
12657 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
12659 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
12660 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
12661 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
12663 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
12664 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
12665 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
12666 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
12667 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
12668 which this is based.
12670 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
12672 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
12673 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
12674 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
12675 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
12677 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
12678 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
12679 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
12681 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
12682 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
12683 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
12684 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
12686 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
12687 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
12688 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
12689 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
12691 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
12693 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
12694 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
12695 To work around that, do:
12696 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
12698 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
12702 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
12703 ;;;;;; (14432 40418))
12704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
12706 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
12708 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
12709 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
12710 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
12711 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
12712 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
12713 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
12715 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
12716 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
12717 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
12718 shell-specific features.
12720 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
12721 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
12722 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
12724 \\[sh-case] case statement
12725 \\[sh-for] for loop
12726 \\[sh-function] function definition
12727 \\[sh-if] if statement
12728 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
12729 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
12730 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
12731 \\[sh-select] select loop
12732 \\[sh-until] until loop
12733 \\[sh-while] while loop
12735 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
12736 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
12737 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
12738 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
12739 would indent to the way it currently is.
12740 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
12741 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted.
12744 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
12745 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
12746 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
12747 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
12748 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
12749 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
12751 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
12753 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
12755 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
12756 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
12757 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
12759 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
12760 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
12762 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
12766 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
12767 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
12768 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
12770 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
12771 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
12773 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
12774 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
12775 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
12776 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
12779 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
12781 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
12783 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
12784 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
12785 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
12787 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
12788 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
12790 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
12791 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
12792 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
12793 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
12794 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
12795 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
12796 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
12799 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
12800 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
12801 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
12802 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
12803 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
12805 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
12806 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
12807 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
12811 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el"
12812 ;;;;;; (14263 35978))
12813 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
12815 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
12816 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
12817 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
12818 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12821 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
12822 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
12823 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
12825 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
12827 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
12828 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
12829 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
12830 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
12831 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
12832 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
12833 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
12834 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
12835 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
12836 discards input when it starts up.)
12837 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
12838 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
12839 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
12841 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
12842 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
12843 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
12844 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
12845 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
12846 `default-process-coding-system'.
12848 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
12849 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
12850 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
12851 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
12853 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
12854 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
12858 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
12860 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
12862 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
12863 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
12864 \\{simula-mode-map}
12865 Variables controlling indentation style:
12866 simula-tab-always-indent
12867 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
12868 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12869 simula-indent-level
12870 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
12871 simula-substatement-offset
12872 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
12873 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
12874 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
12875 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
12876 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
12877 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
12878 simula-label-offset -4711
12879 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
12880 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
12881 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
12882 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
12883 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
12884 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
12885 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
12886 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
12887 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
12888 simula-electric-indent nil
12889 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
12890 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
12891 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
12892 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
12893 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
12894 or nil if they should not be changed.
12895 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
12896 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
12897 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
12898 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
12900 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
12901 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
12903 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
12904 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
12909 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
12910 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
12911 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
12912 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
12914 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
12915 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
12917 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
12918 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
12919 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
12920 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
12921 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
12923 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
12924 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
12925 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
12926 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
12927 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
12928 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
12929 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
12931 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
12932 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
12935 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
12936 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
12937 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
12938 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
12939 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
12940 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
12941 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
12943 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
12944 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
12947 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
12948 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
12950 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
12951 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
12952 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
12953 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
12955 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
12956 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
12957 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
12958 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
12960 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
12961 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
12962 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
12964 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
12965 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
12967 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
12968 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
12970 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
12971 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
12972 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
12973 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
12974 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
12975 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
12976 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
12977 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
12980 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
12981 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
12982 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
12983 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
12984 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
12985 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
12986 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
12987 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
12989 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
12990 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
12991 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
12992 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
12993 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
12996 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
12997 then: insert previously read string once more
12998 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
12999 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
13000 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
13002 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
13003 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
13005 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
13006 Insert the character you type ARG times.
13008 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
13009 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
13010 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
13011 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
13013 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
13014 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
13015 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
13019 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14552
13021 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
13023 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
13024 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
13025 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
13029 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
13030 ;;;;;; (14342 21398))
13031 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
13033 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
13037 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
13038 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
13040 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
13041 Play the Snake game.
13042 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
13044 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
13046 snake-mode keybindings:
13048 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
13049 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
13050 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
13051 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
13052 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
13053 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
13054 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
13060 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
13061 ;;;;;; (14082 18459))
13062 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
13064 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
13065 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
13066 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
13067 Tab indents for C code.
13068 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
13069 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13071 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
13072 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
13074 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
13075 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
13076 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
13077 Tab indents for C code.
13078 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
13079 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13081 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
13082 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
13086 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
13087 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
13088 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
13089 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
13091 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
13092 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
13094 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
13095 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
13096 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
13098 For example, the form
13100 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
13101 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
13103 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
13105 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
13106 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
13108 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
13109 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
13110 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
13113 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
13115 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
13116 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
13118 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
13119 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
13120 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
13123 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
13125 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
13126 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
13127 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
13130 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
13132 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
13133 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
13134 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
13136 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
13137 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
13139 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
13141 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
13142 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
13143 Requires floating point." nil nil)
13147 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
13149 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
13151 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
13154 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
13155 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
13156 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
13157 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
13158 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
13159 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
13160 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
13161 check after each move or undo)
13165 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
13166 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
13167 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
13186 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
13187 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
13188 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
13189 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
13191 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
13192 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
13193 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
13196 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
13197 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
13199 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
13215 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
13217 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
13221 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
13222 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
13223 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36636))
13224 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
13226 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
13227 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
13228 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
13230 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
13231 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
13232 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
13233 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
13236 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
13237 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
13238 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13241 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
13242 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
13244 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
13245 It moves point to the start of the next record.
13246 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
13247 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
13250 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
13251 It should move point to the end of the record.
13253 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
13254 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
13255 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
13256 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
13257 starts at the beginning of the record.
13259 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
13260 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
13261 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
13263 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
13264 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13265 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13266 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13267 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13268 the sort order." t nil)
13270 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
13271 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13272 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13273 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13274 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13275 the sort order." t nil)
13277 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
13278 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13279 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13280 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13281 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13282 the sort order." t nil)
13284 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
13285 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
13286 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
13287 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
13288 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
13289 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
13290 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
13291 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13292 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
13294 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
13295 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
13296 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
13297 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
13298 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13299 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
13300 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13301 the sort order." t nil)
13303 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
13304 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
13305 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
13306 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
13307 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
13308 is to be used for sorting.
13309 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
13310 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
13311 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
13312 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
13313 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
13315 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
13317 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13320 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
13321 starting with the letter \"f\",
13322 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
13324 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
13325 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
13326 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
13327 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
13328 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
13329 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
13330 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13333 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
13334 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
13335 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
13336 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
13337 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
13339 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
13340 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
13341 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
13345 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
13346 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14403 56247))
13347 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
13349 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
13351 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
13352 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
13353 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
13354 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
13355 supported at a time.
13356 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
13357 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
13359 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
13360 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
13361 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
13362 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
13366 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
13367 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
13368 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
13370 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
13372 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
13373 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
13374 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
13375 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
13376 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
13377 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
13379 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
13380 Check spelling of word at or before point.
13381 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
13382 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
13384 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
13385 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
13386 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
13387 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
13388 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
13390 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
13391 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
13395 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
13397 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
13399 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
13400 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
13402 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
13403 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
13407 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
13408 ;;;;;; (14395 64503))
13409 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
13411 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
13412 Show short help for the SQL modes.
13414 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
13415 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
13417 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
13419 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
13421 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
13423 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
13424 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
13425 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
13426 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
13427 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
13428 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
13429 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
13431 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
13433 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
13434 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
13435 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
13436 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
13438 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each
13439 entry function you want to use regularly:
13441 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t)
13443 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
13444 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
13445 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
13446 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
13448 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
13449 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
13450 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
13452 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
13453 Major mode to edit SQL.
13455 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
13456 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
13457 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
13460 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
13462 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
13463 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
13464 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
13465 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
13466 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
13467 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
13469 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
13470 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
13472 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
13473 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
13475 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
13476 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
13479 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
13480 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
13482 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
13483 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
13485 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
13486 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
13487 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
13488 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
13489 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
13490 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
13491 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
13492 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
13494 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
13495 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
13497 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
13501 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help
13502 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke
13503 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke)
13504 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (14527 50024))
13505 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
13507 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
13508 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
13510 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
13511 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
13512 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
13513 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
13514 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
13515 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
13517 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
13519 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
13520 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
13521 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
13522 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
13523 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
13524 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
13525 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
13527 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
13528 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
13529 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
13530 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
13531 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
13532 then complete the stroke with button3.
13533 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
13535 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
13536 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
13537 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
13539 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
13540 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
13541 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
13543 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
13544 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
13546 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
13548 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
13549 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
13551 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
13552 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
13554 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
13556 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
13557 Toggle strokes being enabled.
13558 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
13559 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
13560 mode in all buffers when activated.
13561 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
13564 > M-x global-set-stroke
13566 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
13567 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
13570 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
13571 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
13575 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
13576 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
13577 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
13579 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
13580 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
13581 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
13582 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
13583 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
13584 original message but it does require a few things:
13586 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
13588 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
13591 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
13592 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
13595 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
13597 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
13599 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
13600 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
13601 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
13605 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
13606 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
13608 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
13609 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
13610 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
13611 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
13612 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
13614 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
13615 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
13616 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
13617 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
13618 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
13619 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
13620 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
13624 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
13625 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
13627 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
13628 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
13632 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14495 17995))
13633 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
13635 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
13636 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
13637 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
13638 Letters no longer insert themselves.
13639 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
13640 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
13641 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
13643 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
13644 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
13645 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
13646 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
13648 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
13649 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
13653 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
13654 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14248 50428))
13655 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
13657 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
13658 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
13659 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
13660 Tab indents for Tcl code.
13661 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13662 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13664 Variables controlling indentation style:
13666 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
13667 tcl-continued-indent-level
13668 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
13670 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
13671 documentation for details):
13672 tcl-tab-always-indent
13673 Controls action of TAB key.
13675 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
13676 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
13677 tcl-electric-hash-style
13678 Controls action of `#' key.
13679 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
13680 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
13681 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
13682 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
13683 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
13684 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
13686 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
13687 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
13688 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
13692 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
13694 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
13695 Run inferior Tcl process.
13696 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
13697 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
13699 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
13700 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
13701 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
13705 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (13858 52416))
13706 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
13707 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13709 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
13710 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
13711 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
13712 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
13713 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
13714 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
13715 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
13716 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
13718 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
13719 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
13720 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
13721 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
13725 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14268
13727 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
13729 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
13730 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
13731 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
13732 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
13733 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
13734 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
13736 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
13737 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
13739 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
13740 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
13744 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14280
13746 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
13748 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
13749 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
13750 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
13751 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
13752 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
13753 program as keyboard input.
13755 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
13756 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
13757 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
13758 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
13760 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
13761 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
13762 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
13763 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
13764 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
13766 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
13768 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
13769 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
13770 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
13771 terminal-redisplay-interval.
13773 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
13774 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
13775 subprocess started." t nil)
13779 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
13780 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
13782 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
13783 Play the Tetris game.
13784 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
13785 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
13786 as to form complete rows.
13788 tetris-mode keybindings:
13789 \\<tetris-mode-map>
13790 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
13791 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
13792 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
13793 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
13794 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
13795 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
13796 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
13797 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
13803 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
13804 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
13805 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13806 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
13807 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
13808 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
13809 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
13810 ;;;;;; (14365 34873))
13811 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
13813 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
13814 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
13816 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
13817 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
13818 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
13819 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
13820 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
13822 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
13823 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
13824 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
13825 if it matches the first line of the file,
13826 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
13828 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
13829 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
13830 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
13831 if the variable is non-nil.")
13833 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
13834 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
13836 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
13837 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
13838 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13839 See the documentation of that variable.")
13841 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
13842 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
13843 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13844 See the documentation of that variable.")
13846 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
13847 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
13848 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13849 See the documentation of that variable.")
13851 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
13852 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
13853 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
13854 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
13856 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
13857 *User defined LaTeX block names.
13858 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
13860 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
13861 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
13862 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13863 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
13865 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
13866 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13867 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13868 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
13870 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
13871 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
13872 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13873 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
13875 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
13876 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
13879 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13880 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
13882 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
13885 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
13886 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
13887 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13888 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
13890 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
13891 window system being used. For example,
13893 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
13894 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
13896 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
13899 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
13900 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
13901 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
13903 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
13904 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
13905 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
13906 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
13907 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
13909 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
13910 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
13912 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
13913 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
13915 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13916 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
13917 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
13918 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
13919 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
13920 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
13921 says which mode to use." t nil)
13923 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
13925 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
13927 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
13929 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13930 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
13931 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
13932 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
13933 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
13935 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
13936 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
13937 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
13938 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
13939 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
13940 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
13941 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
13943 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
13944 mismatched $'s or braces.
13951 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13953 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
13954 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13955 tex-dvi-print-command
13956 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13957 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13958 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
13959 argument) to print a .dvi file.
13960 tex-dvi-view-command
13961 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
13962 tex-show-queue-command
13963 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
13964 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
13966 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
13967 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
13968 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
13970 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13971 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
13972 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
13973 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
13974 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
13976 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
13977 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
13978 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
13979 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
13980 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
13981 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
13982 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
13984 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
13985 mismatched $'s or braces.
13992 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13994 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
13995 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13996 tex-dvi-print-command
13997 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13998 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13999 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
14000 argument) to print a .dvi file.
14001 tex-dvi-view-command
14002 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
14003 tex-show-queue-command
14004 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
14005 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
14007 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
14008 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
14009 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
14011 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
14012 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
14013 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
14014 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
14015 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
14017 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
14018 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
14019 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
14020 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
14021 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
14022 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
14023 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
14025 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
14026 mismatched $'s or braces.
14033 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14035 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
14036 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14037 tex-dvi-print-command
14038 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
14039 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
14040 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
14041 argument) to print a .dvi file.
14042 tex-dvi-view-command
14043 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
14044 tex-show-queue-command
14045 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
14046 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
14048 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
14049 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
14050 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
14051 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
14053 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
14057 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
14058 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14456 53455))
14059 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
14061 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
14062 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
14063 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
14064 name specified in the @setfilename command.
14066 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
14067 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
14068 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
14070 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
14071 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
14072 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
14073 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
14074 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
14076 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
14077 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
14078 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
14079 names specified in the @setfilename command.
14081 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
14082 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
14083 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
14084 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
14086 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
14087 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
14091 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
14092 ;;;;;; (14536 60906))
14093 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
14095 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
14096 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
14098 It has these extra commands:
14099 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
14101 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
14102 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
14103 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
14104 modified version of TeX input format.
14106 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
14107 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
14108 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
14109 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
14111 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
14112 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
14113 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
14114 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
14115 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
14116 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
14117 in the Texinfo file.
14119 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
14120 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
14121 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
14122 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
14123 move forward past the closing brace.
14125 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
14126 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
14128 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
14129 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
14130 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
14132 Here are the functions:
14134 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
14135 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
14136 texinfo-sequential-node-update
14138 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
14139 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
14140 texinfo-master-menu
14142 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
14144 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
14145 which menu descriptions are indented.
14147 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
14148 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
14151 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
14152 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
14153 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
14154 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
14156 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
14157 be the first node in the file.
14159 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
14160 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
14164 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
14165 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
14166 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
14167 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
14169 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
14170 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
14171 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
14173 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
14176 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
14177 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
14178 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
14180 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
14181 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
14182 texinfo-master-menu ()
14184 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
14186 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
14187 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
14189 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
14190 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
14192 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
14193 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
14195 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
14196 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
14197 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
14198 `p' takes you straight through the file.
14200 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
14201 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
14204 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
14205 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
14206 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
14207 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
14211 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
14212 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region
14213 ;;;;;; setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
14214 ;;;;;; (14477 53255))
14215 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
14217 (autoload (quote setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "\
14218 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Thai." t nil)
14220 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
14221 Compose Thai characters in the region.
14222 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
14223 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
14225 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
14226 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
14228 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
14229 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
14231 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
14233 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
14234 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
14235 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
14236 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
14239 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
14243 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
14244 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
14245 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14495 17997))
14246 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
14248 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
14249 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
14251 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
14252 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
14253 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
14254 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
14255 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
14257 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
14258 a symbol as a valid THING.
14260 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
14261 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
14263 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
14264 Return the THING at point.
14265 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
14266 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
14267 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
14269 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
14270 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
14272 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14274 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14276 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14278 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14282 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
14283 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
14284 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
14285 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p setup-tibetan-environment)
14286 ;;;;;; "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14568 36412))
14287 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
14289 (autoload (quote setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" nil t nil)
14291 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
14292 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
14293 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
14295 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
14296 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
14298 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
14299 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
14300 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
14302 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
14303 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
14305 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
14306 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
14308 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-region) (quote decompose-region))
14310 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-string) (quote decompose-string))
14312 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14314 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
14315 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
14316 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
14318 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
14319 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
14320 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
14322 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14324 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14328 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
14329 ;;;;;; (14357 30776))
14330 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
14332 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
14333 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
14334 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
14335 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
14337 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
14339 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
14340 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
14341 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
14342 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
14344 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
14348 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date
14349 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14526 14916))
14350 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
14352 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
14353 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14354 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14355 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
14357 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14359 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
14361 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
14362 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
14364 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
14365 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14366 This display updates automatically every minute.
14367 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
14368 are displayed as well.
14369 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
14371 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
14372 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14373 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
14375 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
14376 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
14377 are displayed as well.
14378 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
14382 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
14383 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14277 60981))
14384 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
14386 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
14387 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
14388 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
14389 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
14390 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
14391 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
14392 look like one of the following:
14395 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
14396 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
14397 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
14398 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
14399 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
14400 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
14403 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
14404 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
14405 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
14409 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
14410 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
14411 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52821))
14412 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
14414 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
14416 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
14417 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
14419 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
14420 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
14422 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
14423 Perform an action at time TIME.
14424 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
14425 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
14426 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
14427 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
14428 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
14429 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14431 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14433 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
14434 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
14435 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
14436 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
14437 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14439 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14441 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
14442 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
14443 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
14444 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
14446 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
14447 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
14448 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
14449 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
14450 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14452 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14453 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
14455 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
14456 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
14457 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
14458 The call should look like:
14459 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
14460 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
14461 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
14462 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
14463 be detected." nil (quote macro))
14467 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
14468 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800))
14469 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
14471 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
14472 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
14473 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
14474 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
14476 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
14477 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
14478 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
14479 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
14480 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
14481 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
14482 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
14486 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
14487 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14467 13719))
14488 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
14489 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
14490 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
14491 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
14493 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
14494 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
14495 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
14496 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
14497 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
14499 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
14500 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
14501 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
14502 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
14503 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
14505 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
14506 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
14507 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
14508 in the menu in two ways:
14509 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
14510 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
14511 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
14513 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
14514 keymap or an alist of alists.
14515 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
14516 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
14520 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
14521 ;;;;;; (14495 17998))
14522 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
14524 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
14525 Mode for tooltip display.
14526 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
14528 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
14529 Toggle tooltip-mode.
14530 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14531 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
14533 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14535 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
14539 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
14541 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
14543 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
14545 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
14547 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
14548 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
14552 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
14553 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
14554 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
14556 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
14557 Set scroll margins." t nil)
14559 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
14560 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
14562 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
14563 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
14567 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
14568 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
14570 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
14571 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
14572 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
14573 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
14574 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
14578 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
14579 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (13607 52440))
14580 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
14582 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
14583 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
14585 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
14586 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
14587 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
14588 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
14589 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
14590 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
14591 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
14592 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
14594 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
14595 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
14596 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
14597 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
14598 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
14599 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
14600 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
14604 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
14605 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
14606 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
14607 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
14608 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
14609 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
14611 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
14612 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
14613 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
14614 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
14615 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
14616 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
14617 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
14619 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
14620 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
14621 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
14622 accepting the proposed default buffer.
14624 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
14626 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
14627 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
14628 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
14629 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
14630 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
14631 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
14632 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
14634 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
14635 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
14637 First column's text sSs Second column's text
14640 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
14642 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
14646 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
14647 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
14648 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
14649 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14263 36029))
14650 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
14652 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
14653 Toggle typing break mode.
14654 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
14655 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14656 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
14658 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14660 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
14662 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
14663 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
14665 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
14666 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
14668 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
14669 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
14670 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
14672 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
14673 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
14675 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
14676 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
14677 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
14679 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
14680 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
14681 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
14682 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
14683 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
14684 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
14686 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
14687 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
14688 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
14689 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
14691 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
14692 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
14694 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
14695 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
14697 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
14698 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
14699 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
14701 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
14702 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
14703 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
14704 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
14705 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
14706 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
14707 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
14709 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
14710 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
14712 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
14713 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
14714 reset the keystroke counter.
14716 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
14717 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
14718 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
14719 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
14721 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
14722 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
14723 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
14724 `type-break-schedule' command.
14726 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
14727 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
14728 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
14729 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
14730 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
14731 or not to continue.
14733 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
14734 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
14735 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
14736 approximate good values for this.
14738 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
14739 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
14741 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
14742 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
14743 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
14744 `type-break-warning-repeat'
14745 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
14746 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
14748 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
14749 a typing break occur. They include:
14751 `type-break-query-mode'
14752 `type-break-query-function'
14753 `type-break-query-interval'
14755 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
14757 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
14758 Take a typing break.
14760 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
14761 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
14763 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
14764 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
14766 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
14767 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
14768 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
14769 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
14771 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
14772 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
14774 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
14775 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
14776 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
14777 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
14778 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
14779 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
14780 average typing speed.)
14782 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
14783 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
14784 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
14785 the computed maximum threshold.
14787 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
14788 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
14789 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
14790 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
14791 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
14795 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
14796 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
14797 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
14799 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
14800 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
14801 Works by overstriking underscores.
14802 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14803 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
14805 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
14806 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
14807 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14808 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
14812 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
14813 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
14814 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
14816 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
14817 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
14818 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
14820 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
14821 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
14822 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
14823 following the containing message." t nil)
14827 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
14828 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
14829 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
14831 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
14832 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
14833 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
14834 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
14835 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
14836 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
14838 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
14839 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
14843 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
14844 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297))
14845 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
14847 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
14848 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
14849 This function has a choice of three things to do:
14850 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
14851 to refrain from editing the file
14852 return t (grab the lock on the file)
14853 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
14854 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
14855 in any way you like." nil nil)
14857 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
14858 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
14859 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
14860 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
14861 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
14863 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
14864 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
14868 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
14869 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
14870 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
14871 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
14872 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook
14873 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14565
14875 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
14877 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
14878 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
14881 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
14882 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
14885 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\
14886 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.")
14888 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
14889 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary.
14890 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string).
14891 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
14892 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
14893 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
14895 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
14896 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT.
14897 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
14898 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
14900 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
14901 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
14902 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
14903 it will operate on the file in the current line.
14904 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
14905 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
14906 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
14907 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
14908 lock steals will raise an error.
14909 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
14911 For RCS and SCCS files:
14912 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
14914 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
14915 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
14916 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
14917 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
14918 it performs a revert.
14919 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
14920 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
14921 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
14922 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
14923 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
14924 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
14925 the option to steal the lock.
14928 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
14929 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
14930 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
14931 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
14932 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
14933 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
14934 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
14935 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
14936 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
14938 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
14939 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
14941 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
14942 Display diffs between file versions.
14943 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
14944 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
14945 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
14946 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
14948 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
14949 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
14950 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
14951 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
14953 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
14954 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
14955 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
14956 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
14958 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil)
14960 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
14961 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
14962 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
14964 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil)
14966 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
14967 Make a snapshot called NAME.
14968 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
14969 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
14970 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
14972 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
14973 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty.
14974 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below
14975 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are
14976 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME.
14977 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently
14978 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil)
14980 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
14981 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
14983 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
14984 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
14985 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
14986 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not
14987 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file;
14988 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil)
14990 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
14991 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
14992 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
14994 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
14995 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
14997 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
14998 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
14999 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
15000 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
15001 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
15003 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
15005 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
15006 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
15007 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
15009 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
15010 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
15011 default directory." t nil)
15013 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
15014 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors.
15015 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue.
15016 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale.
15018 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
15019 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
15020 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
15021 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
15025 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
15026 ;;;;;; (14385 10956))
15027 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
15029 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
15030 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
15035 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
15036 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
15037 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
15038 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
15039 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
15040 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
15041 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
15042 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
15043 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
15044 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
15045 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
15046 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
15047 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
15048 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
15049 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
15050 The following abbreviations can also be used:
15051 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
15052 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
15053 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
15055 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
15056 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
15057 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
15059 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
15060 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
15061 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
15062 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
15063 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
15064 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
15065 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
15066 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
15067 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
15069 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
15070 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
15071 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
15072 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
15073 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
15074 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
15075 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
15076 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
15078 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
15079 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
15080 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
15083 `--' puts a single comment.
15084 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
15085 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
15086 comment in between.
15087 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
15089 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
15090 uncomments a region if already commented out.
15092 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
15093 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
15094 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
15095 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
15096 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
15097 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
15098 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
15099 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
15100 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
15101 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
15102 multi-line comments.
15104 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
15105 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
15106 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
15107 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
15108 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
15109 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
15110 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
15111 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
15112 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
15114 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
15115 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
15116 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
15117 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
15118 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
15119 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
15120 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
15121 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
15122 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
15123 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
15125 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
15126 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
15127 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
15128 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
15129 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
15130 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
15131 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
15132 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
15133 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
15134 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
15135 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
15136 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
15137 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
15139 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
15141 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
15144 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
15146 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
15147 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
15148 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
15149 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
15150 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
15152 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
15153 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
15154 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
15155 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
15156 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
15157 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
15158 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
15159 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
15160 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
15162 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
15163 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
15164 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
15165 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
15168 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
15169 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
15170 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
15171 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
15172 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
15173 the current directory for VHDL source files.
15175 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
15176 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
15177 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
15178 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
15179 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
15180 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
15181 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
15182 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
15183 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
15184 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
15185 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
15187 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
15188 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
15191 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
15192 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
15193 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
15194 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
15195 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
15196 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
15197 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
15198 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
15200 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
15201 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
15202 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
15203 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
15204 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
15205 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
15207 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
15208 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
15209 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
15210 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
15211 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
15213 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
15214 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
15215 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
15216 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
15217 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
15219 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
15220 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
15221 highlighted if written in lower case.
15223 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
15224 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
15227 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
15228 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
15229 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
15231 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
15232 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
15233 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
15235 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
15236 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
15237 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
15239 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
15240 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
15241 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
15242 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
15243 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
15244 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
15245 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
15247 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
15248 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
15249 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
15250 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
15251 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
15253 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
15254 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
15255 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
15256 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
15259 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
15265 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
15266 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
15268 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
15270 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
15271 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
15272 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
15273 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
15275 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
15276 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
15277 version and release notes can be found.
15280 Bugs and Limitations:
15281 ---------------------
15283 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
15284 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
15285 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
15286 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
15287 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
15288 does not work under XEmacs.
15291 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
15292 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
15297 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
15301 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
15302 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
15304 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
15305 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
15306 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
15307 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
15309 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
15310 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
15311 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
15312 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
15313 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
15315 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
15316 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
15318 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
15320 * Limitations and unsupported features
15321 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
15323 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
15324 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
15327 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
15328 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
15329 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
15330 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
15331 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
15332 for undoing a repeated change command.
15333 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
15334 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
15335 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
15338 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
15339 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
15340 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
15341 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
15342 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
15343 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
15344 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
15345 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
15347 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
15351 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
15352 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
15353 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region setup-vietnamese-environment viet-encode-viscii-char)
15354 ;;;;;; "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (13876 11275))
15355 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
15357 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
15358 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
15360 (autoload (quote setup-vietnamese-environment) "viet-util" "\
15361 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Vietnamese VISCII users." t nil)
15363 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
15364 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
15365 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15366 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
15368 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
15369 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
15371 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
15372 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
15373 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15374 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
15376 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
15377 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
15379 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
15381 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
15385 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
15386 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
15387 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14550
15389 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
15391 (defvar view-mode nil "\
15392 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
15393 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
15394 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
15396 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
15398 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
15399 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
15400 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15401 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15402 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15403 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15404 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15406 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15408 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
15409 View FILE in View mode in another window.
15410 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
15411 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15412 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15413 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15414 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15415 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15417 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15419 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
15420 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
15421 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
15422 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15423 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15424 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15425 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15426 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15428 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15430 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
15431 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
15432 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15433 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15434 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15435 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15436 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15438 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15440 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15441 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15442 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15444 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
15445 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
15446 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
15447 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15448 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15449 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15450 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15451 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15453 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15455 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15456 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15457 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15459 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
15460 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
15461 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
15462 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15463 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15464 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15465 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15466 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15468 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15470 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15471 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15472 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15474 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
15475 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
15476 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
15478 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
15479 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
15480 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
15483 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
15484 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
15485 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
15486 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
15487 commands default to a repeat count of one.
15489 H, h, ? This message.
15490 Digits provide prefix arguments.
15491 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
15492 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
15493 > move to the end of buffer.
15494 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
15495 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
15496 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
15497 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
15498 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
15499 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
15500 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
15501 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
15502 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
15503 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
15504 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
15505 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
15506 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
15507 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
15508 Use this to view a changing file.
15509 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
15510 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
15511 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
15513 x exchanges point and mark.
15514 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
15515 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
15516 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
15517 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
15518 ' go to position saved in character register.
15519 s do forward incremental search.
15520 r do reverse incremental search.
15521 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
15522 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
15523 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
15524 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
15525 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
15526 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
15527 p searches backward for last regular expression.
15528 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
15529 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
15530 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
15531 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
15532 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
15533 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
15534 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
15535 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
15537 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
15538 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
15539 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
15540 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
15541 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
15542 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
15543 will return to that buffer.
15545 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15547 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
15548 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
15549 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
15550 `view-return-to-alist'.
15551 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
15552 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
15553 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
15555 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
15556 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
15557 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
15558 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
15559 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
15561 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
15562 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
15563 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
15564 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
15566 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15568 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
15570 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
15571 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
15575 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
15576 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
15578 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
15579 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
15583 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
15584 ;;;;;; (14522 27540))
15585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
15587 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
15588 Toggle Viper on/off.
15589 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
15591 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
15592 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
15596 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14223 54012))
15597 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
15599 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
15600 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
15602 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
15605 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
15606 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
15610 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
15611 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928))
15612 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
15614 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
15615 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
15616 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15617 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
15619 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
15621 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
15623 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
15625 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
15626 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
15627 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
15628 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
15630 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
15631 and off otherwise." t nil)
15635 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region
15636 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
15637 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14495 17999))
15638 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
15640 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
15641 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer:
15643 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
15644 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
15645 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
15646 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
15647 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
15649 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
15651 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
15652 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
15654 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
15655 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil)
15657 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
15658 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
15660 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
15661 whitespace problems." t nil)
15663 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
15664 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil)
15666 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
15667 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
15669 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
15670 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
15672 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
15673 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
15674 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
15675 replaced with TABS).
15676 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
15677 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
15679 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
15681 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
15682 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
15684 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
15685 i - Indentation whitespace.
15686 l - Leading whitespace.
15687 s - Space followed by Tab.
15688 t - Trailing whitespace.
15690 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
15693 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
15694 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
15695 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
15696 always they default to 8.)
15698 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
15699 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
15702 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
15703 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
15704 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these
15705 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
15706 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
15707 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
15708 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
15711 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
15714 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
15715 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any
15716 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil)
15720 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
15721 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813))
15722 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
15724 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
15725 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
15727 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
15728 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
15730 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
15731 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
15733 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
15734 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
15735 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15739 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
15740 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14508 6458))
15741 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
15743 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
15744 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
15745 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
15747 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
15748 Create widget of TYPE.
15749 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
15751 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
15752 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
15756 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
15757 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14485
15759 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
15761 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
15762 Select the window to the left of the current one.
15763 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15764 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
15765 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
15766 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
15767 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15769 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
15770 Select the window above the current one.
15771 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
15772 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
15773 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
15774 negative ARG) of the current window.
15775 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15777 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
15778 Select the window to the right of the current one.
15779 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15780 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
15781 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
15782 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
15783 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15785 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
15786 Select the window below the current one.
15787 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15788 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
15789 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
15790 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
15791 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15793 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
15794 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
15798 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
15799 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
15800 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
15802 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
15803 Toggle winner-mode.
15804 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15805 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
15807 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15809 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
15811 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
15812 Toggle Winner mode.
15813 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15817 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
15818 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
15819 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
15821 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
15822 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
15825 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
15826 are not implemented
15827 - Options for search and replace
15828 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
15829 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
15831 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
15834 The key bindings are:
15844 C-i indent-for-tab-command
15846 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
15847 C-l ws-repeat-search
15850 C-r scroll-down-line
15857 C-y kill-complete-line
15860 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
15861 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
15862 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
15863 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
15864 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
15865 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
15866 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
15867 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
15868 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
15869 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
15870 C-k b ws-begin-block
15871 C-k c ws-copy-block
15872 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
15874 C-k h ws-show-markers
15875 C-k i ws-indent-block
15877 C-k p ws-print-block
15880 C-k s save-some-buffers
15882 C-k u ws-exdent-block
15883 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
15884 C-k v ws-move-block
15885 C-k w ws-write-block
15887 C-k y ws-delete-block
15889 C-o c wordstar-center-line
15890 C-o b switch-to-buffer
15891 C-o j justify-current-line
15894 C-o m auto-fill-mode
15895 C-o r set-fill-column
15896 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
15897 C-o wd delete-other-windows
15898 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
15899 C-o wo other-window
15900 C-o wv split-window-vertically
15902 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
15903 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
15904 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
15905 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
15906 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
15907 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
15908 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
15909 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
15910 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
15911 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
15912 C-q a ws-query-replace
15913 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
15914 C-q c end-of-buffer
15917 C-q k ws-to-block-end
15919 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
15920 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
15921 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
15922 C-q w ws-last-error
15924 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
15929 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
15931 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
15933 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
15934 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
15935 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
15937 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
15941 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
15942 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571))
15943 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
15945 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
15946 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
15948 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
15949 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
15951 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
15952 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
15953 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
15955 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
15956 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
15960 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
15961 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (13674 20513))
15962 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
15964 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
15965 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
15967 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
15968 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
15970 Zone-mode does two things:
15972 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
15973 when saving the file
15975 - fontification" t nil)
15979 ;;; Local Variables:
15980 ;;; version-control: never
15981 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
15982 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
15984 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here